Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc2.c @ 6633:75444015837a v7.4.642
updated for version 7.4.642
Problem: When using "gf" escaped spaces are not handled.
Solution: Recognize escaped spaces.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 27 Feb 2015 17:19:10 +0100 |
| parents | 96761b6789f6 |
| children | 8bee881c3ca5 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc2.c: Various functions. | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 #include "vim.h" | |
| 14 | |
| 359 | 15 static char_u *username = NULL; /* cached result of mch_get_user_name() */ |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *ff_expand_buffer = NULL; /* used for expanding filenames */ | |
| 18 | |
| 7 | 19 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 20 static int coladvance2 __ARGS((pos_T *pos, int addspaces, int finetune, colnr_T wcol)); | |
| 21 | |
| 22 /* | |
| 23 * Return TRUE if in the current mode we need to use virtual. | |
| 24 */ | |
| 25 int | |
| 26 virtual_active() | |
| 27 { | |
| 28 /* While an operator is being executed we return "virtual_op", because | |
| 29 * VIsual_active has already been reset, thus we can't check for "block" | |
| 30 * being used. */ | |
| 31 if (virtual_op != MAYBE) | |
| 32 return virtual_op; | |
| 33 return (ve_flags == VE_ALL | |
| 34 || ((ve_flags & VE_BLOCK) && VIsual_active && VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 35 || ((ve_flags & VE_INSERT) && (State & INSERT))); | |
| 36 } | |
| 37 | |
| 38 /* | |
| 39 * Get the screen position of the cursor. | |
| 40 */ | |
| 41 int | |
| 42 getviscol() | |
| 43 { | |
| 44 colnr_T x; | |
| 45 | |
| 46 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &x, NULL, NULL); | |
| 47 return (int)x; | |
| 48 } | |
| 49 | |
| 50 /* | |
| 51 * Get the screen position of character col with a coladd in the cursor line. | |
| 52 */ | |
| 53 int | |
| 54 getviscol2(col, coladd) | |
| 55 colnr_T col; | |
| 56 colnr_T coladd; | |
| 57 { | |
| 58 colnr_T x; | |
| 59 pos_T pos; | |
| 60 | |
| 61 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 62 pos.col = col; | |
| 63 pos.coladd = coladd; | |
| 64 getvvcol(curwin, &pos, &x, NULL, NULL); | |
| 65 return (int)x; | |
| 66 } | |
| 67 | |
| 68 /* | |
| 1209 | 69 * Go to column "wcol", and add/insert white space as necessary to get the |
| 7 | 70 * cursor in that column. |
| 71 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo! | |
| 72 */ | |
| 73 int | |
| 74 coladvance_force(wcol) | |
| 75 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 76 { | |
| 77 int rc = coladvance2(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, FALSE, wcol); | |
| 78 | |
| 79 if (wcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 80 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 81 else | |
| 82 { | |
| 83 /* Virtcol is valid */ | |
| 84 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 85 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol; | |
| 86 } | |
| 87 return rc; | |
| 88 } | |
| 89 #endif | |
| 90 | |
| 91 /* | |
| 92 * Try to advance the Cursor to the specified screen column. | |
| 93 * If virtual editing: fine tune the cursor position. | |
| 94 * Note that all virtual positions off the end of a line should share | |
| 95 * a curwin->w_cursor.col value (n.b. this is equal to STRLEN(line)), | |
| 96 * beginning at coladd 0. | |
| 97 * | |
| 98 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not | |
| 99 */ | |
| 100 int | |
| 101 coladvance(wcol) | |
| 102 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 103 { | |
| 104 int rc = getvpos(&curwin->w_cursor, wcol); | |
| 105 | |
| 106 if (wcol == MAXCOL || rc == FAIL) | |
| 107 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 44 | 108 else if (*ml_get_cursor() != TAB) |
| 7 | 109 { |
| 44 | 110 /* Virtcol is valid when not on a TAB */ |
| 7 | 111 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL; |
| 112 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol; | |
| 113 } | |
| 114 return rc; | |
| 115 } | |
| 116 | |
| 117 /* | |
| 118 * Return in "pos" the position of the cursor advanced to screen column "wcol". | |
| 119 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not | |
| 120 */ | |
| 121 int | |
| 122 getvpos(pos, wcol) | |
| 123 pos_T *pos; | |
| 124 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 125 { | |
| 126 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 127 return coladvance2(pos, FALSE, virtual_active(), wcol); | |
| 128 } | |
| 129 | |
| 130 static int | |
| 131 coladvance2(pos, addspaces, finetune, wcol) | |
| 132 pos_T *pos; | |
| 133 int addspaces; /* change the text to achieve our goal? */ | |
| 1209 | 134 int finetune; /* change char offset for the exact column */ |
| 7 | 135 colnr_T wcol; /* column to move to */ |
| 136 { | |
| 137 #endif | |
| 138 int idx; | |
| 139 char_u *ptr; | |
| 140 char_u *line; | |
| 141 colnr_T col = 0; | |
| 142 int csize = 0; | |
| 143 int one_more; | |
| 144 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 145 int head = 0; | |
| 146 #endif | |
| 147 | |
| 772 | 148 one_more = (State & INSERT) |
| 149 || restart_edit != NUL | |
| 150 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o') | |
| 151 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 782 | 152 || ((ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) && wcol < MAXCOL) |
| 772 | 153 #endif |
| 154 ; | |
| 1982 | 155 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos->lnum, FALSE); |
| 7 | 156 |
| 157 if (wcol >= MAXCOL) | |
| 158 { | |
| 159 idx = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1 + one_more; | |
| 160 col = wcol; | |
| 161 | |
| 162 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 163 if ((addspaces || finetune) && !VIsual_active) | |
| 164 { | |
| 165 curwin->w_curswant = linetabsize(line) + one_more; | |
| 166 if (curwin->w_curswant > 0) | |
| 167 --curwin->w_curswant; | |
| 168 } | |
| 169 #endif | |
| 170 } | |
| 171 else | |
| 172 { | |
| 173 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 174 int width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - win_col_off(curwin); | |
| 175 | |
| 620 | 176 if (finetune |
| 7 | 177 && curwin->w_p_wrap |
| 178 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 179 && curwin->w_width != 0 | |
| 180 # endif | |
| 181 && wcol >= (colnr_T)width) | |
| 182 { | |
| 183 csize = linetabsize(line); | |
| 184 if (csize > 0) | |
| 185 csize--; | |
| 186 | |
| 620 | 187 if (wcol / width > (colnr_T)csize / width |
| 188 && ((State & INSERT) == 0 || (int)wcol > csize + 1)) | |
| 7 | 189 { |
| 190 /* In case of line wrapping don't move the cursor beyond the | |
| 620 | 191 * right screen edge. In Insert mode allow going just beyond |
| 192 * the last character (like what happens when typing and | |
| 193 * reaching the right window edge). */ | |
| 7 | 194 wcol = (csize / width + 1) * width - 1; |
| 195 } | |
| 196 } | |
| 197 #endif | |
| 198 | |
| 199 ptr = line; | |
| 200 while (col <= wcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 201 { | |
| 202 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
| 203 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 5995 | 204 csize = win_lbr_chartabsize(curwin, line, ptr, col, &head); |
| 39 | 205 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); |
| 7 | 206 #else |
| 5995 | 207 csize = lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &ptr, col); |
| 7 | 208 #endif |
| 209 col += csize; | |
| 210 } | |
| 211 idx = (int)(ptr - line); | |
| 212 /* | |
| 213 * Handle all the special cases. The virtual_active() check | |
| 214 * is needed to ensure that a virtual position off the end of | |
| 215 * a line has the correct indexing. The one_more comparison | |
| 216 * replaces an explicit add of one_more later on. | |
| 217 */ | |
| 218 if (col > wcol || (!virtual_active() && one_more == 0)) | |
| 219 { | |
| 220 idx -= 1; | |
| 221 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 222 /* Don't count the chars from 'showbreak'. */ | |
| 223 csize -= head; | |
| 224 # endif | |
| 225 col -= csize; | |
| 226 } | |
| 227 | |
| 228 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 229 if (virtual_active() | |
| 230 && addspaces | |
| 231 && ((col != wcol && col != wcol + 1) || csize > 1)) | |
| 232 { | |
| 233 /* 'virtualedit' is set: The difference between wcol and col is | |
| 234 * filled with spaces. */ | |
| 235 | |
| 236 if (line[idx] == NUL) | |
| 237 { | |
| 238 /* Append spaces */ | |
| 239 int correct = wcol - col; | |
| 240 char_u *newline = alloc(idx + correct + 1); | |
| 241 int t; | |
| 242 | |
| 243 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 244 return FAIL; | |
| 245 | |
| 246 for (t = 0; t < idx; ++t) | |
| 247 newline[t] = line[t]; | |
| 248 | |
| 249 for (t = 0; t < correct; ++t) | |
| 250 newline[t + idx] = ' '; | |
| 251 | |
| 252 newline[idx + correct] = NUL; | |
| 253 | |
| 254 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 255 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, (colnr_T)idx); | |
| 256 idx += correct; | |
| 257 col = wcol; | |
| 258 } | |
| 259 else | |
| 260 { | |
| 261 /* Break a tab */ | |
| 262 int linelen = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
| 263 int correct = wcol - col - csize + 1; /* negative!! */ | |
| 840 | 264 char_u *newline; |
| 7 | 265 int t, s = 0; |
| 266 int v; | |
| 267 | |
| 840 | 268 if (-correct > csize) |
| 269 return FAIL; | |
| 270 | |
| 271 newline = alloc(linelen + csize); | |
| 272 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 7 | 273 return FAIL; |
| 274 | |
| 275 for (t = 0; t < linelen; t++) | |
| 276 { | |
| 277 if (t != idx) | |
| 278 newline[s++] = line[t]; | |
| 279 else | |
| 280 for (v = 0; v < csize; v++) | |
| 281 newline[s++] = ' '; | |
| 282 } | |
| 283 | |
| 284 newline[linelen + csize - 1] = NUL; | |
| 285 | |
| 286 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 287 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, idx); | |
| 288 idx += (csize - 1 + correct); | |
| 289 col += correct; | |
| 290 } | |
| 291 } | |
| 292 #endif | |
| 293 } | |
| 294 | |
| 295 if (idx < 0) | |
| 296 pos->col = 0; | |
| 297 else | |
| 298 pos->col = idx; | |
| 299 | |
| 300 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 301 pos->coladd = 0; | |
| 302 | |
| 303 if (finetune) | |
| 304 { | |
| 305 if (wcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 306 { | |
| 307 /* The width of the last character is used to set coladd. */ | |
| 308 if (!one_more) | |
| 309 { | |
| 310 colnr_T scol, ecol; | |
| 311 | |
| 312 getvcol(curwin, pos, &scol, NULL, &ecol); | |
| 313 pos->coladd = ecol - scol; | |
| 314 } | |
| 315 } | |
| 316 else | |
| 317 { | |
| 318 int b = (int)wcol - (int)col; | |
| 319 | |
| 320 /* The difference between wcol and col is used to set coladd. */ | |
| 321 if (b > 0 && b < (MAXCOL - 2 * W_WIDTH(curwin))) | |
| 322 pos->coladd = b; | |
| 323 | |
| 324 col += b; | |
| 325 } | |
| 326 } | |
| 327 #endif | |
| 328 | |
| 329 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1982 | 330 /* prevent from moving onto a trail byte */ |
| 7 | 331 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2933 | 332 mb_adjustpos(curbuf, pos); |
| 7 | 333 #endif |
| 334 | |
| 335 if (col < wcol) | |
| 336 return FAIL; | |
| 337 return OK; | |
| 338 } | |
| 339 | |
| 340 /* | |
| 1621 | 341 * Increment the cursor position. See inc() for return values. |
| 7 | 342 */ |
| 343 int | |
| 344 inc_cursor() | |
| 345 { | |
| 346 return inc(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 347 } | |
| 348 | |
| 1621 | 349 /* |
| 350 * Increment the line pointer "lp" crossing line boundaries as necessary. | |
| 351 * Return 1 when going to the next line. | |
| 352 * Return 2 when moving forward onto a NUL at the end of the line). | |
| 353 * Return -1 when at the end of file. | |
| 354 * Return 0 otherwise. | |
| 355 */ | |
| 7 | 356 int |
| 357 inc(lp) | |
| 358 pos_T *lp; | |
| 359 { | |
| 360 char_u *p = ml_get_pos(lp); | |
| 361 | |
| 362 if (*p != NUL) /* still within line, move to next char (may be NUL) */ | |
| 363 { | |
| 364 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 365 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 366 { | |
| 474 | 367 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 368 |
| 369 lp->col += l; | |
| 370 return ((p[l] != NUL) ? 0 : 2); | |
| 371 } | |
| 372 #endif | |
| 373 lp->col++; | |
| 374 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 375 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 376 #endif | |
| 377 return ((p[1] != NUL) ? 0 : 2); | |
| 378 } | |
| 379 if (lp->lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) /* there is a next line */ | |
| 380 { | |
| 381 lp->col = 0; | |
| 382 lp->lnum++; | |
| 383 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 384 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 385 #endif | |
| 386 return 1; | |
| 387 } | |
| 388 return -1; | |
| 389 } | |
| 390 | |
| 391 /* | |
| 392 * incl(lp): same as inc(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines | |
| 393 */ | |
| 394 int | |
| 395 incl(lp) | |
| 396 pos_T *lp; | |
| 397 { | |
| 398 int r; | |
| 399 | |
| 400 if ((r = inc(lp)) >= 1 && lp->col) | |
| 401 r = inc(lp); | |
| 402 return r; | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 | |
| 405 /* | |
| 406 * dec(p) | |
| 407 * | |
| 408 * Decrement the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary. | |
| 409 * Return 1 when crossing a line, -1 when at start of file, 0 otherwise. | |
| 410 */ | |
| 411 int | |
| 412 dec_cursor() | |
| 413 { | |
| 414 return dec(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 415 } | |
| 416 | |
| 417 int | |
| 418 dec(lp) | |
| 419 pos_T *lp; | |
| 420 { | |
| 421 char_u *p; | |
| 422 | |
| 423 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 424 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 425 #endif | |
| 426 if (lp->col > 0) /* still within line */ | |
| 427 { | |
| 428 lp->col--; | |
| 429 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 430 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 431 { | |
| 432 p = ml_get(lp->lnum); | |
| 433 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col); | |
| 434 } | |
| 435 #endif | |
| 436 return 0; | |
| 437 } | |
| 438 if (lp->lnum > 1) /* there is a prior line */ | |
| 439 { | |
| 440 lp->lnum--; | |
| 441 p = ml_get(lp->lnum); | |
| 442 lp->col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p); | |
| 443 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 444 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 445 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col); | |
| 446 #endif | |
| 447 return 1; | |
| 448 } | |
| 449 return -1; /* at start of file */ | |
| 450 } | |
| 451 | |
| 452 /* | |
| 453 * decl(lp): same as dec(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines | |
| 454 */ | |
| 455 int | |
| 456 decl(lp) | |
| 457 pos_T *lp; | |
| 458 { | |
| 459 int r; | |
| 460 | |
| 461 if ((r = dec(lp)) == 1 && lp->col) | |
| 462 r = dec(lp); | |
| 463 return r; | |
| 464 } | |
| 465 | |
| 466 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
467 * Get the line number relative to the current cursor position, i.e. the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
468 * difference between line number and cursor position. Only look for lines that |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
469 * can be visible, folded lines don't count. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
470 */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
471 linenr_T |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
472 get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
473 win_T *wp; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
474 linenr_T lnum; /* line number to get the result for */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
475 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
476 linenr_T cursor = wp->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
477 linenr_T retval = 0; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
478 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
479 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
480 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
481 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
482 if (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
483 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
484 while (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
485 { |
| 5564 | 486 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, TRUE, NULL); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
487 /* if lnum and cursor are in the same fold, |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
488 * now lnum <= cursor */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
489 if (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
490 retval++; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
491 lnum--; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
492 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
493 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
494 else if (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
495 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
496 while (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
497 { |
| 5564 | 498 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, NULL, &lnum, TRUE, NULL); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
499 /* if lnum and cursor are in the same fold, |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
500 * now lnum >= cursor */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
501 if (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
502 retval--; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
503 lnum++; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
504 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
505 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
506 /* else if (lnum == cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
507 * retval = 0; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
508 */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
509 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
510 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
511 #endif |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
512 retval = lnum - cursor; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
513 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
514 return retval; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
515 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
516 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
517 /* |
| 7 | 518 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.lnum is valid. |
| 519 */ | |
| 520 void | |
| 521 check_cursor_lnum() | |
| 522 { | |
| 523 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 524 { | |
| 525 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 526 /* If there is a closed fold at the end of the file, put the cursor in | |
| 527 * its first line. Otherwise in the last line. */ | |
| 528 if (!hasFolding(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
| 529 &curwin->w_cursor.lnum, NULL)) | |
| 530 #endif | |
| 531 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 532 } | |
| 533 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= 0) | |
| 534 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 535 } | |
| 536 | |
| 537 /* | |
| 538 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.col is valid. | |
| 539 */ | |
| 540 void | |
| 541 check_cursor_col() | |
| 542 { | |
| 2933 | 543 check_cursor_col_win(curwin); |
| 544 } | |
| 545 | |
| 546 /* | |
| 547 * Make sure win->w_cursor.col is valid. | |
| 548 */ | |
| 549 void | |
| 550 check_cursor_col_win(win) | |
| 551 win_T *win; | |
| 552 { | |
| 7 | 553 colnr_T len; |
| 554 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2933 | 555 colnr_T oldcol = win->w_cursor.col; |
| 556 colnr_T oldcoladd = win->w_cursor.col + win->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 557 #endif | |
| 558 | |
| 559 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(win->w_buffer, win->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE)); | |
| 7 | 560 if (len == 0) |
| 2933 | 561 win->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 562 else if (win->w_cursor.col >= len) | |
| 7 | 563 { |
| 1488 | 564 /* Allow cursor past end-of-line when: |
| 565 * - in Insert mode or restarting Insert mode | |
| 566 * - in Visual mode and 'selection' isn't "old" | |
| 567 * - 'virtualedit' is set */ | |
| 620 | 568 if ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit |
| 7 | 569 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o') |
| 1488 | 570 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 571 || (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 572 #endif | |
| 7 | 573 || virtual_active()) |
| 2933 | 574 win->w_cursor.col = len; |
| 7 | 575 else |
| 1099 | 576 { |
| 2933 | 577 win->w_cursor.col = len - 1; |
| 1099 | 578 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2933 | 579 /* Move the cursor to the head byte. */ |
| 1099 | 580 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2933 | 581 mb_adjustpos(win->w_buffer, &win->w_cursor); |
| 1099 | 582 #endif |
| 583 } | |
| 7 | 584 } |
| 2933 | 585 else if (win->w_cursor.col < 0) |
| 586 win->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7 | 587 |
| 588 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 589 /* If virtual editing is on, we can leave the cursor on the old position, | |
| 590 * only we must set it to virtual. But don't do it when at the end of the | |
| 591 * line. */ | |
| 592 if (oldcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 2933 | 593 win->w_cursor.coladd = 0; |
| 7 | 594 else if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) |
| 1841 | 595 { |
| 2933 | 596 if (oldcoladd > win->w_cursor.col) |
| 597 win->w_cursor.coladd = oldcoladd - win->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1841 | 598 else |
| 599 /* avoid weird number when there is a miscalculation or overflow */ | |
| 2933 | 600 win->w_cursor.coladd = 0; |
| 1841 | 601 } |
| 7 | 602 #endif |
| 603 } | |
| 604 | |
| 605 /* | |
| 606 * make sure curwin->w_cursor in on a valid character | |
| 607 */ | |
| 608 void | |
| 609 check_cursor() | |
| 610 { | |
| 611 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 612 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 613 } | |
| 614 | |
| 615 #if defined(FEAT_TEXTOBJ) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 616 /* | |
| 617 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor is not on the NUL at the end of the line. | |
| 618 * Allow it when in Visual mode and 'selection' is not "old". | |
| 619 */ | |
| 620 void | |
| 621 adjust_cursor_col() | |
| 622 { | |
| 623 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 624 && (!VIsual_active || *p_sel == 'o') | |
| 625 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 626 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 627 } | |
| 628 #endif | |
| 629 | |
| 630 /* | |
| 631 * When curwin->w_leftcol has changed, adjust the cursor position. | |
| 632 * Return TRUE if the cursor was moved. | |
| 633 */ | |
| 634 int | |
| 635 leftcol_changed() | |
| 636 { | |
| 637 long lastcol; | |
| 638 colnr_T s, e; | |
| 639 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 640 | |
| 641 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 642 lastcol = curwin->w_leftcol + W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin_col_off() - 1; | |
| 643 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 644 | |
| 645 /* | |
| 646 * If the cursor is right or left of the screen, move it to last or first | |
| 647 * character. | |
| 648 */ | |
| 649 if (curwin->w_virtcol > (colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso)) | |
| 650 { | |
| 651 retval = TRUE; | |
| 652 coladvance((colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso)); | |
| 653 } | |
| 654 else if (curwin->w_virtcol < curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso) | |
| 655 { | |
| 656 retval = TRUE; | |
| 657 (void)coladvance((colnr_T)(curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso)); | |
| 658 } | |
| 659 | |
| 660 /* | |
| 661 * If the start of the character under the cursor is not on the screen, | |
| 662 * advance the cursor one more char. If this fails (last char of the | |
| 663 * line) adjust the scrolling. | |
| 664 */ | |
| 665 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &s, NULL, &e); | |
| 666 if (e > (colnr_T)lastcol) | |
| 667 { | |
| 668 retval = TRUE; | |
| 669 coladvance(s - 1); | |
| 670 } | |
| 671 else if (s < curwin->w_leftcol) | |
| 672 { | |
| 673 retval = TRUE; | |
| 674 if (coladvance(e + 1) == FAIL) /* there isn't another character */ | |
| 675 { | |
| 676 curwin->w_leftcol = s; /* adjust w_leftcol instead */ | |
| 677 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 678 } | |
| 679 } | |
| 680 | |
| 681 if (retval) | |
| 682 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 683 redraw_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 684 return retval; | |
| 685 } | |
| 686 | |
| 687 /********************************************************************** | |
| 688 * Various routines dealing with allocation and deallocation of memory. | |
| 689 */ | |
| 690 | |
| 691 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 692 | |
| 693 # define MEM_SIZES 8200 | |
| 694 static long_u mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES]; | |
| 695 static long_u mem_frees[MEM_SIZES]; | |
| 696 static long_u mem_allocated; | |
| 697 static long_u mem_freed; | |
| 698 static long_u mem_peak; | |
| 699 static long_u num_alloc; | |
| 700 static long_u num_freed; | |
| 701 | |
| 702 static void mem_pre_alloc_s __ARGS((size_t *sizep)); | |
| 703 static void mem_pre_alloc_l __ARGS((long_u *sizep)); | |
| 704 static void mem_post_alloc __ARGS((void **pp, size_t size)); | |
| 705 static void mem_pre_free __ARGS((void **pp)); | |
| 706 | |
| 707 static void | |
| 708 mem_pre_alloc_s(sizep) | |
| 709 size_t *sizep; | |
| 710 { | |
| 711 *sizep += sizeof(size_t); | |
| 712 } | |
| 713 | |
| 714 static void | |
| 715 mem_pre_alloc_l(sizep) | |
| 716 long_u *sizep; | |
| 717 { | |
| 718 *sizep += sizeof(size_t); | |
| 719 } | |
| 720 | |
| 721 static void | |
| 722 mem_post_alloc(pp, size) | |
| 723 void **pp; | |
| 724 size_t size; | |
| 725 { | |
| 726 if (*pp == NULL) | |
| 727 return; | |
| 728 size -= sizeof(size_t); | |
| 729 *(long_u *)*pp = size; | |
| 730 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1) | |
| 731 mem_allocs[size-1]++; | |
| 732 else | |
| 733 mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES-1]++; | |
| 734 mem_allocated += size; | |
| 735 if (mem_allocated - mem_freed > mem_peak) | |
| 736 mem_peak = mem_allocated - mem_freed; | |
| 737 num_alloc++; | |
| 738 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp + sizeof(size_t)); | |
| 739 } | |
| 740 | |
| 741 static void | |
| 742 mem_pre_free(pp) | |
| 743 void **pp; | |
| 744 { | |
| 745 long_u size; | |
| 746 | |
| 747 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp - sizeof(size_t)); | |
| 748 size = *(size_t *)*pp; | |
| 749 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1) | |
| 750 mem_frees[size-1]++; | |
| 751 else | |
| 752 mem_frees[MEM_SIZES-1]++; | |
| 753 mem_freed += size; | |
| 754 num_freed++; | |
| 755 } | |
| 756 | |
| 757 /* | |
| 758 * called on exit via atexit() | |
| 759 */ | |
| 760 void | |
| 761 vim_mem_profile_dump() | |
| 762 { | |
| 763 int i, j; | |
| 764 | |
| 765 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 766 j = 0; | |
| 767 for (i = 0; i < MEM_SIZES - 1; i++) | |
| 768 { | |
| 769 if (mem_allocs[i] || mem_frees[i]) | |
| 770 { | |
| 771 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i]) | |
| 772 printf("\r\n%s", _("ERROR: ")); | |
| 773 printf("[%4d / %4lu-%-4lu] ", i + 1, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]); | |
| 774 j++; | |
| 775 if (j > 3) | |
| 776 { | |
| 777 j = 0; | |
| 778 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 779 } | |
| 780 } | |
| 781 } | |
| 782 | |
| 783 i = MEM_SIZES - 1; | |
| 784 if (mem_allocs[i]) | |
| 785 { | |
| 786 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 787 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i]) | |
|
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
788 puts(_("ERROR: ")); |
| 7 | 789 printf("[>%d / %4lu-%-4lu]", i, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]); |
| 790 } | |
| 791 | |
| 792 printf(_("\n[bytes] total alloc-freed %lu-%lu, in use %lu, peak use %lu\n"), | |
| 793 mem_allocated, mem_freed, mem_allocated - mem_freed, mem_peak); | |
| 794 printf(_("[calls] total re/malloc()'s %lu, total free()'s %lu\n\n"), | |
| 795 num_alloc, num_freed); | |
| 796 } | |
| 797 | |
| 798 #endif /* MEM_PROFILE */ | |
| 799 | |
| 800 /* | |
| 801 * Some memory is reserved for error messages and for being able to | |
| 802 * call mf_release_all(), which needs some memory for mf_trans_add(). | |
| 803 */ | |
| 804 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP) | |
| 805 # define SMALL_MEM | |
| 806 # define KEEP_ROOM 8192L | |
| 807 #else | |
| 808 # define KEEP_ROOM (2 * 8192L) | |
| 809 #endif | |
| 3634 | 810 #define KEEP_ROOM_KB (KEEP_ROOM / 1024L) |
| 7 | 811 |
| 812 /* | |
| 1576 | 813 * Note: if unsigned is 16 bits we can only allocate up to 64K with alloc(). |
| 7 | 814 * Use lalloc for larger blocks. |
| 815 */ | |
| 816 char_u * | |
| 817 alloc(size) | |
| 818 unsigned size; | |
| 819 { | |
| 820 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); | |
| 821 } | |
| 822 | |
| 823 /* | |
| 824 * Allocate memory and set all bytes to zero. | |
| 825 */ | |
| 826 char_u * | |
| 827 alloc_clear(size) | |
| 828 unsigned size; | |
| 829 { | |
| 830 char_u *p; | |
| 831 | |
|
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
832 p = lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE); |
| 7 | 833 if (p != NULL) |
| 834 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size); | |
| 835 return p; | |
| 836 } | |
| 837 | |
| 838 /* | |
| 839 * alloc() with check for maximum line length | |
| 840 */ | |
| 841 char_u * | |
| 842 alloc_check(size) | |
| 843 unsigned size; | |
| 844 { | |
| 845 #if !defined(UNIX) && !defined(__EMX__) | |
| 846 if (sizeof(int) == 2 && size > 0x7fff) | |
| 847 { | |
| 848 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 849 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 850 EMSG(_("E340: Line is becoming too long")); | |
| 851 return NULL; | |
| 852 } | |
| 853 #endif | |
| 854 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); | |
| 855 } | |
| 856 | |
| 857 /* | |
| 858 * Allocate memory like lalloc() and set all bytes to zero. | |
| 859 */ | |
| 860 char_u * | |
| 861 lalloc_clear(size, message) | |
| 862 long_u size; | |
| 863 int message; | |
| 864 { | |
| 865 char_u *p; | |
| 866 | |
| 867 p = (lalloc(size, message)); | |
| 868 if (p != NULL) | |
| 869 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size); | |
| 870 return p; | |
| 871 } | |
| 872 | |
| 873 /* | |
| 874 * Low level memory allocation function. | |
| 875 * This is used often, KEEP IT FAST! | |
| 876 */ | |
| 877 char_u * | |
| 878 lalloc(size, message) | |
| 879 long_u size; | |
| 880 int message; | |
| 881 { | |
| 882 char_u *p; /* pointer to new storage space */ | |
| 883 static int releasing = FALSE; /* don't do mf_release_all() recursive */ | |
| 884 int try_again; | |
| 885 #if defined(HAVE_AVAIL_MEM) && !defined(SMALL_MEM) | |
| 886 static long_u allocated = 0; /* allocated since last avail check */ | |
| 887 #endif | |
| 888 | |
| 889 /* Safety check for allocating zero bytes */ | |
| 890 if (size == 0) | |
| 891 { | |
| 892 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 893 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 894 EMSGN(_("E341: Internal error: lalloc(%ld, )"), size); | |
| 895 return NULL; | |
| 896 } | |
| 897 | |
| 898 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 899 mem_pre_alloc_l(&size); | |
| 900 #endif | |
| 901 | |
| 902 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP) | |
| 903 if (size >= 0xfff0) /* in MSDOS we can't deal with >64K blocks */ | |
| 904 p = NULL; | |
| 905 else | |
| 906 #endif | |
| 907 | |
| 908 /* | |
| 909 * Loop when out of memory: Try to release some memfile blocks and | |
| 910 * if some blocks are released call malloc again. | |
| 911 */ | |
| 912 for (;;) | |
| 913 { | |
| 914 /* | |
| 915 * Handle three kind of systems: | |
| 916 * 1. No check for available memory: Just return. | |
| 917 * 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after | |
| 918 * allocating KEEP_ROOM amount of memory. | |
| 919 * 3. Strict check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() | |
| 920 */ | |
| 921 if ((p = (char_u *)malloc((size_t)size)) != NULL) | |
| 922 { | |
| 923 #ifndef HAVE_AVAIL_MEM | |
| 924 /* 1. No check for available memory: Just return. */ | |
| 925 goto theend; | |
| 926 #else | |
| 927 # ifndef SMALL_MEM | |
| 928 /* 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after | |
| 929 * allocating (KEEP_ROOM / 2) amount of memory. */ | |
| 930 allocated += size; | |
| 931 if (allocated < KEEP_ROOM / 2) | |
| 932 goto theend; | |
| 933 allocated = 0; | |
| 934 # endif | |
| 935 /* 3. check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() */ | |
| 3634 | 936 if (mch_avail_mem(TRUE) < KEEP_ROOM_KB && !releasing) |
| 7 | 937 { |
| 1737 | 938 free((char *)p); /* System is low... no go! */ |
| 7 | 939 p = NULL; |
| 940 } | |
| 941 else | |
| 942 goto theend; | |
| 943 #endif | |
| 944 } | |
| 945 /* | |
| 946 * Remember that mf_release_all() is being called to avoid an endless | |
| 947 * loop, because mf_release_all() may call alloc() recursively. | |
| 948 */ | |
| 949 if (releasing) | |
| 950 break; | |
| 951 releasing = TRUE; | |
| 448 | 952 |
| 953 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */ | |
| 954 try_again = mf_release_all(); /* release as many blocks as possible */ | |
| 370 | 955 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 448 | 956 try_again |= garbage_collect(); /* cleanup recursive lists/dicts */ |
| 957 #endif | |
| 958 | |
| 7 | 959 releasing = FALSE; |
| 960 if (!try_again) | |
| 961 break; | |
| 962 } | |
| 963 | |
| 964 if (message && p == NULL) | |
| 965 do_outofmem_msg(size); | |
| 966 | |
| 967 theend: | |
| 968 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 969 mem_post_alloc((void **)&p, (size_t)size); | |
| 970 #endif | |
| 971 return p; | |
| 972 } | |
| 973 | |
| 974 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 975 /* | |
| 976 * realloc() with memory profiling. | |
| 977 */ | |
| 978 void * | |
| 979 mem_realloc(ptr, size) | |
| 980 void *ptr; | |
| 981 size_t size; | |
| 982 { | |
| 983 void *p; | |
| 984 | |
| 985 mem_pre_free(&ptr); | |
| 986 mem_pre_alloc_s(&size); | |
| 987 | |
| 988 p = realloc(ptr, size); | |
| 989 | |
| 990 mem_post_alloc(&p, size); | |
| 991 | |
| 992 return p; | |
| 993 } | |
| 994 #endif | |
| 995 | |
| 996 /* | |
| 997 * Avoid repeating the error message many times (they take 1 second each). | |
| 998 * Did_outofmem_msg is reset when a character is read. | |
| 999 */ | |
| 1000 void | |
| 1001 do_outofmem_msg(size) | |
| 1002 long_u size; | |
| 1003 { | |
| 1004 if (!did_outofmem_msg) | |
| 1005 { | |
| 1006 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 1007 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 3156 | 1008 |
| 1009 /* Must come first to avoid coming back here when printing the error | |
| 1010 * message fails, e.g. when setting v:errmsg. */ | |
| 1011 did_outofmem_msg = TRUE; | |
| 1012 | |
| 7 | 1013 EMSGN(_("E342: Out of memory! (allocating %lu bytes)"), size); |
| 1014 } | |
| 1015 } | |
| 1016 | |
| 356 | 1017 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 359 | 1018 |
| 1019 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) | |
| 1020 static void free_findfile __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1021 # endif | |
| 1022 | |
| 356 | 1023 /* |
| 1024 * Free everything that we allocated. | |
| 1025 * Can be used to detect memory leaks, e.g., with ccmalloc. | |
| 359 | 1026 * NOTE: This is tricky! Things are freed that functions depend on. Don't be |
| 1027 * surprised if Vim crashes... | |
| 1028 * Some things can't be freed, esp. things local to a library function. | |
| 356 | 1029 */ |
| 1030 void | |
| 1031 free_all_mem() | |
| 1032 { | |
| 1033 buf_T *buf, *nextbuf; | |
| 359 | 1034 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 /* When we cause a crash here it is caught and Vim tries to exit cleanly. | |
| 1037 * Don't try freeing everything again. */ | |
| 1038 if (entered) | |
| 1039 return; | |
| 1040 entered = TRUE; | |
| 356 | 1041 |
| 1446 | 1042 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 6222 | 1043 /* Don't want to trigger autocommands from here on. */ |
| 1044 block_autocmds(); | |
| 1446 | 1045 # endif |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
|
2363
acbb3a9ccc07
Avoid error when exiting in diff mode with EXITFREE defined.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2360
diff
changeset
|
1048 /* Close all tabs and windows. Reset 'equalalways' to avoid redraws. */ |
|
acbb3a9ccc07
Avoid error when exiting in diff mode with EXITFREE defined.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2360
diff
changeset
|
1049 p_ea = FALSE; |
| 766 | 1050 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 1051 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"tabonly!"); | |
| 1052 if (firstwin != lastwin) | |
| 1053 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"only!"); | |
| 1446 | 1054 # endif |
| 673 | 1055 |
| 741 | 1056 # if defined(FEAT_SPELL) |
| 356 | 1057 /* Free all spell info. */ |
| 1058 spell_free_all(); | |
| 1059 # endif | |
| 1060 | |
| 359 | 1061 # if defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) |
| 356 | 1062 /* Clear user commands (before deleting buffers). */ |
| 1063 ex_comclear(NULL); | |
| 359 | 1064 # endif |
| 356 | 1065 |
| 1066 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 1067 /* Clear menus. */ | |
| 1068 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"aunmenu *"); | |
| 1993 | 1069 # ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG |
| 1070 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"menutranslate clear"); | |
| 1071 # endif | |
| 356 | 1072 # endif |
| 1073 | |
| 359 | 1074 /* Clear mappings, abbreviations, breakpoints. */ |
| 1993 | 1075 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"lmapclear"); |
| 1076 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"xmapclear"); | |
| 356 | 1077 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear"); |
| 1078 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear!"); | |
| 1079 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"abclear"); | |
| 359 | 1080 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 1081 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"breakdel *"); | |
| 1082 # endif | |
| 362 | 1083 # if defined(FEAT_PROFILE) |
| 1084 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"profdel *"); | |
| 1085 # endif | |
| 1828 | 1086 # if defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) |
| 1087 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"set keymap="); | |
| 1088 #endif | |
| 359 | 1089 |
| 1090 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 1091 free_titles(); | |
| 1092 # endif | |
| 1093 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) | |
| 1094 free_findfile(); | |
| 1095 # endif | |
| 356 | 1096 |
| 1097 /* Obviously named calls. */ | |
| 1098 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) | |
| 1099 free_all_autocmds(); | |
| 1100 # endif | |
| 1101 clear_termcodes(); | |
| 359 | 1102 free_all_options(); |
| 1103 free_all_marks(); | |
| 1104 alist_clear(&global_alist); | |
| 1105 free_homedir(); | |
| 3744 | 1106 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) |
| 1107 free_users(); | |
| 1108 # endif | |
| 359 | 1109 free_search_patterns(); |
| 1110 free_old_sub(); | |
| 1111 free_last_insert(); | |
| 1112 free_prev_shellcmd(); | |
| 1113 free_regexp_stuff(); | |
| 1114 free_tag_stuff(); | |
| 1115 free_cd_dir(); | |
| 1828 | 1116 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS |
| 1117 free_signs(); | |
| 1118 # endif | |
| 1446 | 1119 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 359 | 1120 set_expr_line(NULL); |
| 1446 | 1121 # endif |
| 1122 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 673 | 1123 diff_clear(curtab); |
| 1446 | 1124 # endif |
| 626 | 1125 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */ |
| 359 | 1126 |
| 1127 /* Free some global vars. */ | |
| 1128 vim_free(username); | |
| 1422 | 1129 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
1130 vim_regfree(clip_exclude_prog); |
| 1422 | 1131 # endif |
| 359 | 1132 vim_free(last_cmdline); |
| 1446 | 1133 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST |
| 359 | 1134 vim_free(new_last_cmdline); |
| 1446 | 1135 # endif |
| 680 | 1136 set_keep_msg(NULL, 0); |
| 359 | 1137 vim_free(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 356 | 1138 |
| 1139 /* Clear cmdline history. */ | |
| 1140 p_hi = 0; | |
| 1446 | 1141 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST |
| 356 | 1142 init_history(); |
| 1446 | 1143 # endif |
| 356 | 1144 |
| 359 | 1145 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
| 1446 | 1146 { |
| 1863 | 1147 win_T *win; |
| 1148 tabpage_T *tab; | |
| 1446 | 1149 |
| 1150 qf_free_all(NULL); | |
| 1151 /* Free all location lists */ | |
| 1863 | 1152 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tab, win) |
| 1446 | 1153 qf_free_all(win); |
| 1154 } | |
| 359 | 1155 #endif |
| 1156 | |
| 1157 /* Close all script inputs. */ | |
| 1158 close_all_scripts(); | |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 1161 /* Destroy all windows. Must come before freeing buffers. */ | |
| 1162 win_free_all(); | |
| 1163 #endif | |
| 1164 | |
| 1576 | 1165 /* Free all buffers. Reset 'autochdir' to avoid accessing things that |
| 1166 * were freed already. */ | |
| 1167 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCHDIR | |
| 1168 p_acd = FALSE; | |
| 1169 #endif | |
| 356 | 1170 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; ) |
| 1171 { | |
| 1172 nextbuf = buf->b_next; | |
| 3365 | 1173 close_buffer(NULL, buf, DOBUF_WIPE, FALSE); |
| 356 | 1174 if (buf_valid(buf)) |
| 1175 buf = nextbuf; /* didn't work, try next one */ | |
| 1176 else | |
| 1177 buf = firstbuf; | |
| 1178 } | |
| 1179 | |
| 359 | 1180 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 1181 free_cmdline_buf(); | |
| 356 | 1182 #endif |
| 1183 | |
| 1184 /* Clear registers. */ | |
| 1185 clear_registers(); | |
| 1186 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 1187 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 1188 | |
| 1071 | 1189 #if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) && defined(FEAT_X11) |
| 359 | 1190 vim_free(serverDelayedStartName); |
| 1191 #endif | |
| 1192 | |
| 356 | 1193 /* highlight info */ |
| 1194 free_highlight(); | |
| 1195 | |
| 362 | 1196 reset_last_sourcing(); |
| 1197 | |
| 766 | 1198 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 853 | 1199 free_tabpage(first_tabpage); |
| 1200 first_tabpage = NULL; | |
| 766 | 1201 #endif |
| 1202 | |
| 356 | 1203 # ifdef UNIX |
| 1204 /* Machine-specific free. */ | |
| 1205 mch_free_mem(); | |
| 1206 # endif | |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 /* message history */ | |
| 1209 for (;;) | |
| 1210 if (delete_first_msg() == FAIL) | |
| 1211 break; | |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1214 eval_clear(); | |
| 1215 # endif | |
| 1216 | |
| 359 | 1217 free_termoptions(); |
| 1218 | |
| 356 | 1219 /* screenlines (can't display anything now!) */ |
| 1220 free_screenlines(); | |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 #if defined(USE_XSMP) | |
| 1223 xsmp_close(); | |
| 1224 #endif | |
| 359 | 1225 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 1226 gui_mch_free_all(); | |
| 1227 #endif | |
| 1228 clear_hl_tables(); | |
| 356 | 1229 |
| 1230 vim_free(IObuff); | |
| 1231 vim_free(NameBuff); | |
| 1232 } | |
| 1233 #endif | |
| 1234 | |
| 7 | 1235 /* |
| 2656 | 1236 * Copy "string" into newly allocated memory. |
| 7 | 1237 */ |
| 1238 char_u * | |
| 1239 vim_strsave(string) | |
| 1240 char_u *string; | |
| 1241 { | |
| 1242 char_u *p; | |
| 1243 unsigned len; | |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 1; | |
| 1246 p = alloc(len); | |
| 1247 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1248 mch_memmove(p, string, (size_t)len); | |
| 1249 return p; | |
| 1250 } | |
| 1251 | |
| 2656 | 1252 /* |
| 1253 * Copy up to "len" bytes of "string" into newly allocated memory and | |
| 1254 * terminate with a NUL. | |
| 1255 * The allocated memory always has size "len + 1", also when "string" is | |
| 1256 * shorter. | |
| 1257 */ | |
| 7 | 1258 char_u * |
| 1259 vim_strnsave(string, len) | |
| 1260 char_u *string; | |
| 1261 int len; | |
| 1262 { | |
| 1263 char_u *p; | |
| 1264 | |
| 1265 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); | |
| 1266 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1267 { | |
| 1268 STRNCPY(p, string, len); | |
| 1269 p[len] = NUL; | |
| 1270 } | |
| 1271 return p; | |
| 1272 } | |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 /* | |
| 1275 * Same as vim_strsave(), but any characters found in esc_chars are preceded | |
| 1276 * by a backslash. | |
| 1277 */ | |
| 1278 char_u * | |
| 1279 vim_strsave_escaped(string, esc_chars) | |
| 1280 char_u *string; | |
| 1281 char_u *esc_chars; | |
| 1282 { | |
| 16 | 1283 return vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, '\\', FALSE); |
| 7 | 1284 } |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 /* | |
| 1287 * Same as vim_strsave_escaped(), but when "bsl" is TRUE also escape | |
| 1288 * characters where rem_backslash() would remove the backslash. | |
| 16 | 1289 * Escape the characters with "cc". |
| 7 | 1290 */ |
| 1291 char_u * | |
| 16 | 1292 vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, cc, bsl) |
| 7 | 1293 char_u *string; |
| 1294 char_u *esc_chars; | |
| 16 | 1295 int cc; |
| 7 | 1296 int bsl; |
| 1297 { | |
| 1298 char_u *p; | |
| 1299 char_u *p2; | |
| 1300 char_u *escaped_string; | |
| 1301 unsigned length; | |
| 1302 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1303 int l; | |
| 1304 #endif | |
| 1305 | |
| 1306 /* | |
| 1307 * First count the number of backslashes required. | |
| 1308 * Then allocate the memory and insert them. | |
| 1309 */ | |
| 1310 length = 1; /* count the trailing NUL */ | |
| 1311 for (p = string; *p; p++) | |
| 1312 { | |
| 1313 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1314 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 7 | 1315 { |
| 1316 length += l; /* count a multibyte char */ | |
| 1317 p += l - 1; | |
| 1318 continue; | |
| 1319 } | |
| 1320 #endif | |
| 1321 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p))) | |
| 1322 ++length; /* count a backslash */ | |
| 1323 ++length; /* count an ordinary char */ | |
| 1324 } | |
| 1325 escaped_string = alloc(length); | |
| 1326 if (escaped_string != NULL) | |
| 1327 { | |
| 1328 p2 = escaped_string; | |
| 1329 for (p = string; *p; p++) | |
| 1330 { | |
| 1331 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1332 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 7 | 1333 { |
| 1334 mch_memmove(p2, p, (size_t)l); | |
| 1335 p2 += l; | |
| 1336 p += l - 1; /* skip multibyte char */ | |
| 1337 continue; | |
| 1338 } | |
| 1339 #endif | |
| 1340 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p))) | |
| 16 | 1341 *p2++ = cc; |
| 7 | 1342 *p2++ = *p; |
| 1343 } | |
| 1344 *p2 = NUL; | |
| 1345 } | |
| 1346 return escaped_string; | |
| 1347 } | |
| 1348 | |
| 1685 | 1349 /* |
| 1350 * Return TRUE when 'shell' has "csh" in the tail. | |
| 1351 */ | |
| 1352 int | |
| 1353 csh_like_shell() | |
| 1354 { | |
| 1355 return (strstr((char *)gettail(p_sh), "csh") != NULL); | |
| 1356 } | |
| 1712 | 1357 |
| 985 | 1358 /* |
| 1359 * Escape "string" for use as a shell argument with system(). | |
| 1993 | 1360 * This uses single quotes, except when we know we need to use double quotes |
| 985 | 1361 * (MS-DOS and MS-Windows without 'shellslash' set). |
| 1673 | 1362 * Escape a newline, depending on the 'shell' option. |
| 1363 * When "do_special" is TRUE also replace "!", "%", "#" and things starting | |
| 1364 * with "<" like "<cfile>". | |
| 5690 | 1365 * When "do_newline" is FALSE do not escape newline unless it is csh shell. |
| 985 | 1366 * Returns the result in allocated memory, NULL if we have run out. |
| 1367 */ | |
| 1368 char_u * | |
| 5690 | 1369 vim_strsave_shellescape(string, do_special, do_newline) |
| 985 | 1370 char_u *string; |
| 1661 | 1371 int do_special; |
| 5690 | 1372 int do_newline; |
| 985 | 1373 { |
| 1374 unsigned length; | |
| 1375 char_u *p; | |
| 1376 char_u *d; | |
| 1377 char_u *escaped_string; | |
| 1661 | 1378 int l; |
| 1673 | 1379 int csh_like; |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 /* Only csh and similar shells expand '!' within single quotes. For sh and | |
| 1382 * the like we must not put a backslash before it, it will be taken | |
| 1383 * literally. If do_special is set the '!' will be escaped twice. | |
| 1384 * Csh also needs to have "\n" escaped twice when do_special is set. */ | |
| 1685 | 1385 csh_like = csh_like_shell(); |
| 985 | 1386 |
| 1387 /* First count the number of extra bytes required. */ | |
| 1072 | 1388 length = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 3; /* two quotes and a trailing NUL */ |
| 985 | 1389 for (p = string; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
| 1390 { | |
| 1391 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1392 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1393 { | |
| 1394 if (*p == '"') | |
| 1395 ++length; /* " -> "" */ | |
| 1396 } | |
| 1397 else | |
| 1398 # endif | |
| 1399 if (*p == '\'') | |
| 1400 length += 3; /* ' => '\'' */ | |
| 5690 | 1401 if ((*p == '\n' && (csh_like || do_newline)) |
| 1402 || (*p == '!' && (csh_like || do_special))) | |
| 1673 | 1403 { |
| 1404 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1405 if (csh_like && do_special) | |
| 1406 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1407 } | |
| 1661 | 1408 if (do_special && find_cmdline_var(p, &l) >= 0) |
| 1409 { | |
| 1410 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1411 p += l - 1; | |
| 1412 } | |
| 985 | 1413 } |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 /* Allocate memory for the result and fill it. */ | |
| 1416 escaped_string = alloc(length); | |
| 1417 if (escaped_string != NULL) | |
| 1418 { | |
| 1419 d = escaped_string; | |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 /* add opening quote */ | |
| 1422 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1423 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1424 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1425 else | |
| 1426 # endif | |
| 1427 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1428 | |
| 1429 for (p = string; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 1430 { | |
| 1431 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1432 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1433 { | |
| 1434 if (*p == '"') | |
| 1435 { | |
| 1436 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1437 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1438 ++p; | |
| 1439 continue; | |
| 1440 } | |
| 1441 } | |
| 1442 else | |
| 1443 # endif | |
| 1444 if (*p == '\'') | |
| 1445 { | |
| 1661 | 1446 *d++ = '\''; |
| 1447 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1448 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1449 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 985 | 1450 ++p; |
| 1451 continue; | |
| 1452 } | |
| 5690 | 1453 if ((*p == '\n' && (csh_like || do_newline)) |
| 1454 || (*p == '!' && (csh_like || do_special))) | |
| 1673 | 1455 { |
| 1456 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1457 if (csh_like && do_special) | |
| 1458 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1459 *d++ = *p++; | |
| 1460 continue; | |
| 1461 } | |
| 1661 | 1462 if (do_special && find_cmdline_var(p, &l) >= 0) |
| 1463 { | |
| 1464 *d++ = '\\'; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1465 while (--l >= 0) /* copy the var */ | |
| 1466 *d++ = *p++; | |
| 2009 | 1467 continue; |
| 1661 | 1468 } |
| 985 | 1469 |
| 1470 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, d); | |
| 1471 } | |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 /* add terminating quote and finish with a NUL */ | |
| 1474 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1475 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1476 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1477 else | |
| 1478 # endif | |
| 1479 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1480 *d = NUL; | |
| 1481 } | |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 return escaped_string; | |
| 1484 } | |
| 1485 | |
| 7 | 1486 /* |
| 1487 * Like vim_strsave(), but make all characters uppercase. | |
| 1488 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1489 */ | |
| 1490 char_u * | |
| 1491 vim_strsave_up(string) | |
| 1492 char_u *string; | |
| 1493 { | |
| 1494 char_u *p1; | |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 p1 = vim_strsave(string); | |
| 1497 vim_strup(p1); | |
| 1498 return p1; | |
| 1499 } | |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 /* | |
| 1502 * Like vim_strnsave(), but make all characters uppercase. | |
| 1503 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1504 */ | |
| 1505 char_u * | |
| 1506 vim_strnsave_up(string, len) | |
| 1507 char_u *string; | |
| 1508 int len; | |
| 1509 { | |
| 1510 char_u *p1; | |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 p1 = vim_strnsave(string, len); | |
| 1513 vim_strup(p1); | |
| 1514 return p1; | |
| 1515 } | |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 /* | |
| 1518 * ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1519 */ | |
| 1520 void | |
| 1521 vim_strup(p) | |
| 1522 char_u *p; | |
| 1523 { | |
| 1524 char_u *p2; | |
| 1525 int c; | |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1528 { | |
| 1529 p2 = p; | |
| 1530 while ((c = *p2) != NUL) | |
| 1531 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 1532 *p2++ = isalpha(c) ? toupper(c) : c; | |
| 1533 #else | |
| 1534 *p2++ = (c < 'a' || c > 'z') ? c : (c - 0x20); | |
| 1535 #endif | |
| 1536 } | |
| 1537 } | |
| 1538 | |
| 741 | 1539 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 323 | 1540 /* |
| 1541 * Make string "s" all upper-case and return it in allocated memory. | |
| 1542 * Handles multi-byte characters as well as possible. | |
| 1543 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 1544 */ | |
| 1545 char_u * | |
| 1546 strup_save(orig) | |
| 1547 char_u *orig; | |
| 1548 { | |
| 1549 char_u *p; | |
| 1550 char_u *res; | |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 res = p = vim_strsave(orig); | |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 if (res != NULL) | |
| 1555 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1556 { | |
| 1557 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1558 int l; | |
| 1559 | |
| 1560 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 1561 { | |
| 1562 int c, uc; | |
| 3263 | 1563 int newl; |
| 323 | 1564 char_u *s; |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 c = utf_ptr2char(p); | |
| 1567 uc = utf_toupper(c); | |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 /* Reallocate string when byte count changes. This is rare, | |
| 1570 * thus it's OK to do another malloc()/free(). */ | |
| 474 | 1571 l = utf_ptr2len(p); |
| 3263 | 1572 newl = utf_char2len(uc); |
| 1573 if (newl != l) | |
| 323 | 1574 { |
| 3263 | 1575 s = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(res) + 1 + newl - l); |
| 323 | 1576 if (s == NULL) |
| 1577 break; | |
| 1578 mch_memmove(s, res, p - res); | |
| 3263 | 1579 STRCPY(s + (p - res) + newl, p + l); |
| 323 | 1580 p = s + (p - res); |
| 1581 vim_free(res); | |
| 1582 res = s; | |
| 1583 } | |
| 1584 | |
| 1585 utf_char2bytes(uc, p); | |
| 3263 | 1586 p += newl; |
| 323 | 1587 } |
| 474 | 1588 else if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 323 | 1589 p += l; /* skip multi-byte character */ |
| 1590 else | |
| 1591 # endif | |
| 1592 { | |
| 1593 *p = TOUPPER_LOC(*p); /* note that toupper() can be a macro */ | |
| 1594 p++; | |
| 1595 } | |
| 1596 } | |
| 1597 | |
| 1598 return res; | |
| 1599 } | |
| 1600 #endif | |
| 1601 | |
| 7 | 1602 /* |
| 1603 * copy a space a number of times | |
| 1604 */ | |
| 1605 void | |
| 1606 copy_spaces(ptr, count) | |
| 1607 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1608 size_t count; | |
| 1609 { | |
| 1610 size_t i = count; | |
| 1611 char_u *p = ptr; | |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 while (i--) | |
| 1614 *p++ = ' '; | |
| 1615 } | |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1618 /* | |
| 1619 * Copy a character a number of times. | |
| 1993 | 1620 * Does not work for multi-byte characters! |
| 7 | 1621 */ |
| 1622 void | |
| 1623 copy_chars(ptr, count, c) | |
| 1624 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1625 size_t count; | |
| 1626 int c; | |
| 1627 { | |
| 1628 size_t i = count; | |
| 1629 char_u *p = ptr; | |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 while (i--) | |
| 1632 *p++ = c; | |
| 1633 } | |
| 1634 #endif | |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 /* | |
| 1637 * delete spaces at the end of a string | |
| 1638 */ | |
| 1639 void | |
| 1640 del_trailing_spaces(ptr) | |
| 1641 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1642 { | |
| 1643 char_u *q; | |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 q = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 1646 while (--q > ptr && vim_iswhite(q[0]) && q[-1] != '\\' && q[-1] != Ctrl_V) | |
| 1647 *q = NUL; | |
| 1648 } | |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 /* | |
| 323 | 1651 * Like strncpy(), but always terminate the result with one NUL. |
| 378 | 1652 * "to" must be "len + 1" long! |
| 7 | 1653 */ |
| 1654 void | |
| 1655 vim_strncpy(to, from, len) | |
| 323 | 1656 char_u *to; |
| 1657 char_u *from; | |
| 418 | 1658 size_t len; |
| 7 | 1659 { |
| 323 | 1660 STRNCPY(to, from, len); |
| 1661 to[len] = NUL; | |
| 7 | 1662 } |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 /* | |
| 2768 | 1665 * Like strcat(), but make sure the result fits in "tosize" bytes and is |
| 1666 * always NUL terminated. | |
| 1667 */ | |
| 1668 void | |
| 1669 vim_strcat(to, from, tosize) | |
| 1670 char_u *to; | |
| 1671 char_u *from; | |
| 1672 size_t tosize; | |
| 1673 { | |
| 1674 size_t tolen = STRLEN(to); | |
| 1675 size_t fromlen = STRLEN(from); | |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 if (tolen + fromlen + 1 > tosize) | |
| 1678 { | |
| 1679 mch_memmove(to + tolen, from, tosize - tolen - 1); | |
| 1680 to[tosize - 1] = NUL; | |
| 1681 } | |
| 1682 else | |
| 1683 STRCPY(to + tolen, from); | |
| 1684 } | |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 /* | |
| 7 | 1687 * Isolate one part of a string option where parts are separated with |
| 1688 * "sep_chars". | |
| 459 | 1689 * The part is copied into "buf[maxlen]". |
| 7 | 1690 * "*option" is advanced to the next part. |
| 1691 * The length is returned. | |
| 1692 */ | |
| 1693 int | |
| 1694 copy_option_part(option, buf, maxlen, sep_chars) | |
| 1695 char_u **option; | |
| 1696 char_u *buf; | |
| 1697 int maxlen; | |
| 1698 char *sep_chars; | |
| 1699 { | |
| 1700 int len = 0; | |
| 1701 char_u *p = *option; | |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 /* skip '.' at start of option part, for 'suffixes' */ | |
| 1704 if (*p == '.') | |
| 1705 buf[len++] = *p++; | |
| 1706 while (*p != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, *p) == NULL) | |
| 1707 { | |
| 1708 /* | |
| 1709 * Skip backslash before a separator character and space. | |
| 1710 */ | |
| 1711 if (p[0] == '\\' && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, p[1]) != NULL) | |
| 1712 ++p; | |
| 1713 if (len < maxlen - 1) | |
| 1714 buf[len++] = *p; | |
| 1715 ++p; | |
| 1716 } | |
| 1717 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 if (*p != NUL && *p != ',') /* skip non-standard separator */ | |
| 1720 ++p; | |
| 1721 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* p points to next file name */ | |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 *option = p; | |
| 1724 return len; | |
| 1725 } | |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 /* | |
| 625 | 1728 * Replacement for free() that ignores NULL pointers. |
| 1729 * Also skip free() when exiting for sure, this helps when we caught a deadly | |
| 1730 * signal that was caused by a crash in free(). | |
| 7 | 1731 */ |
| 1732 void | |
| 1733 vim_free(x) | |
| 1734 void *x; | |
| 1735 { | |
| 625 | 1736 if (x != NULL && !really_exiting) |
| 7 | 1737 { |
| 1738 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 1739 mem_pre_free(&x); | |
| 1740 #endif | |
| 1741 free(x); | |
| 1742 } | |
| 1743 } | |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 #ifndef HAVE_MEMSET | |
| 1746 void * | |
| 1747 vim_memset(ptr, c, size) | |
| 1748 void *ptr; | |
| 1749 int c; | |
| 1750 size_t size; | |
| 1751 { | |
| 1752 char *p = ptr; | |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 while (size-- > 0) | |
| 1755 *p++ = c; | |
| 1756 return ptr; | |
| 1757 } | |
| 1758 #endif | |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 #ifdef VIM_MEMCMP | |
| 1761 /* | |
| 1762 * Return zero when "b1" and "b2" are the same for "len" bytes. | |
| 1763 * Return non-zero otherwise. | |
| 1764 */ | |
| 1765 int | |
| 1766 vim_memcmp(b1, b2, len) | |
| 1767 void *b1; | |
| 1768 void *b2; | |
| 1769 size_t len; | |
| 1770 { | |
| 1771 char_u *p1 = (char_u *)b1, *p2 = (char_u *)b2; | |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 for ( ; len > 0; --len) | |
| 1774 { | |
| 1775 if (*p1 != *p2) | |
| 1776 return 1; | |
| 1777 ++p1; | |
| 1778 ++p2; | |
| 1779 } | |
| 1780 return 0; | |
| 1781 } | |
| 1782 #endif | |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 #ifdef VIM_MEMMOVE | |
| 1785 /* | |
| 1786 * Version of memmove() that handles overlapping source and destination. | |
| 1787 * For systems that don't have a function that is guaranteed to do that (SYSV). | |
| 1788 */ | |
| 1789 void | |
| 1790 mch_memmove(dst_arg, src_arg, len) | |
| 1791 void *src_arg, *dst_arg; | |
| 1792 size_t len; | |
| 1793 { | |
| 1794 /* | |
| 1795 * A void doesn't have a size, we use char pointers. | |
| 1796 */ | |
| 1797 char *dst = dst_arg, *src = src_arg; | |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 /* overlap, copy backwards */ | |
| 1800 if (dst > src && dst < src + len) | |
| 1801 { | |
| 1802 src += len; | |
| 1803 dst += len; | |
| 1804 while (len-- > 0) | |
| 1805 *--dst = *--src; | |
| 1806 } | |
| 1807 else /* copy forwards */ | |
| 1808 while (len-- > 0) | |
| 1809 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 1810 } | |
| 1811 #endif | |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRICMP)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1814 /* | |
| 1815 * Compare two strings, ignoring case, using current locale. | |
| 1816 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters. | |
| 1817 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger | |
| 1818 */ | |
| 1819 int | |
| 1820 vim_stricmp(s1, s2) | |
| 1821 char *s1; | |
| 1822 char *s2; | |
| 1823 { | |
| 1824 int i; | |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 for (;;) | |
| 1827 { | |
| 1828 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2); | |
| 1829 if (i != 0) | |
| 1830 return i; /* this character different */ | |
| 1831 if (*s1 == NUL) | |
| 1832 break; /* strings match until NUL */ | |
| 1833 ++s1; | |
| 1834 ++s2; | |
| 1835 } | |
| 1836 return 0; /* strings match */ | |
| 1837 } | |
| 1838 #endif | |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRNCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRNICMP)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1841 /* | |
| 1842 * Compare two strings, for length "len", ignoring case, using current locale. | |
| 1843 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters. | |
| 1844 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger | |
| 1845 */ | |
| 1846 int | |
| 1847 vim_strnicmp(s1, s2, len) | |
| 1848 char *s1; | |
| 1849 char *s2; | |
| 1850 size_t len; | |
| 1851 { | |
| 1852 int i; | |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 while (len > 0) | |
| 1855 { | |
| 1856 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2); | |
| 1857 if (i != 0) | |
| 1858 return i; /* this character different */ | |
| 1859 if (*s1 == NUL) | |
| 1860 break; /* strings match until NUL */ | |
| 1861 ++s1; | |
| 1862 ++s2; | |
| 1863 --len; | |
| 1864 } | |
| 1865 return 0; /* strings match */ | |
| 1866 } | |
| 1867 #endif | |
| 1868 | |
| 1869 /* | |
| 1870 * Version of strchr() and strrchr() that handle unsigned char strings | |
| 170 | 1871 * with characters from 128 to 255 correctly. It also doesn't return a |
| 1872 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string. | |
| 7 | 1873 */ |
| 1874 char_u * | |
| 1875 vim_strchr(string, c) | |
| 1876 char_u *string; | |
| 1877 int c; | |
| 1878 { | |
| 1879 char_u *p; | |
| 1880 int b; | |
| 1881 | |
| 1882 p = string; | |
| 1883 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1884 if (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 1885 { | |
| 1886 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1887 { | |
| 1888 if (utf_ptr2char(p) == c) | |
| 1889 return p; | |
| 474 | 1890 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1891 } |
| 1892 return NULL; | |
| 1893 } | |
| 1894 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c > 255) | |
| 1895 { | |
| 1896 int n2 = c & 0xff; | |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 c = ((unsigned)c >> 8) & 0xff; | |
| 1899 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1900 { | |
| 1901 if (b == c && p[1] == n2) | |
| 1902 return p; | |
| 474 | 1903 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1904 } |
| 1905 return NULL; | |
| 1906 } | |
| 1907 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1908 { | |
| 1909 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1910 { | |
| 1911 if (b == c) | |
| 1912 return p; | |
| 474 | 1913 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1914 } |
| 1915 return NULL; | |
| 1916 } | |
| 1917 #endif | |
| 1918 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1919 { | |
| 1920 if (b == c) | |
| 1921 return p; | |
| 1922 ++p; | |
| 1923 } | |
| 1924 return NULL; | |
| 1925 } | |
| 1926 | |
| 1927 /* | |
| 170 | 1928 * Version of strchr() that only works for bytes and handles unsigned char |
| 1929 * strings with characters above 128 correctly. It also doesn't return a | |
| 1930 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string. | |
| 1931 */ | |
| 1932 char_u * | |
| 1933 vim_strbyte(string, c) | |
| 1934 char_u *string; | |
| 1935 int c; | |
| 1936 { | |
| 1937 char_u *p = string; | |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1940 { | |
| 1941 if (*p == c) | |
| 1942 return p; | |
| 1943 ++p; | |
| 1944 } | |
| 1945 return NULL; | |
| 1946 } | |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 /* | |
| 7 | 1949 * Search for last occurrence of "c" in "string". |
| 500 | 1950 * Return NULL if not found. |
| 170 | 1951 * Does not handle multi-byte char for "c"! |
| 7 | 1952 */ |
| 1953 char_u * | |
| 1954 vim_strrchr(string, c) | |
| 1955 char_u *string; | |
| 1956 int c; | |
| 1957 { | |
| 1958 char_u *retval = NULL; | |
| 170 | 1959 char_u *p = string; |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 while (*p) | |
| 7 | 1962 { |
| 170 | 1963 if (*p == c) |
| 1964 retval = p; | |
| 1965 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 7 | 1966 } |
| 1967 return retval; | |
| 1968 } | |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 /* | |
| 1971 * Vim's version of strpbrk(), in case it's missing. | |
| 1972 * Don't generate a prototype for this, causes problems when it's not used. | |
| 1973 */ | |
| 1974 #ifndef PROTO | |
| 1975 # ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK | |
| 1976 # ifdef vim_strpbrk | |
| 1977 # undef vim_strpbrk | |
| 1978 # endif | |
| 1979 char_u * | |
| 1980 vim_strpbrk(s, charset) | |
| 1981 char_u *s; | |
| 1982 char_u *charset; | |
| 1983 { | |
| 1984 while (*s) | |
| 1985 { | |
| 1986 if (vim_strchr(charset, *s) != NULL) | |
| 1987 return s; | |
| 39 | 1988 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 1989 } |
| 1990 return NULL; | |
| 1991 } | |
| 1992 # endif | |
| 1993 #endif | |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 /* | |
| 1996 * Vim has its own isspace() function, because on some machines isspace() | |
| 1997 * can't handle characters above 128. | |
| 1998 */ | |
| 1999 int | |
| 2000 vim_isspace(x) | |
| 2001 int x; | |
| 2002 { | |
| 2003 return ((x >= 9 && x <= 13) || x == ' '); | |
| 2004 } | |
| 2005 | |
| 2006 /************************************************************************ | |
| 119 | 2007 * Functions for handling growing arrays. |
| 7 | 2008 */ |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 /* | |
| 2011 * Clear an allocated growing array. | |
| 2012 */ | |
| 2013 void | |
| 2014 ga_clear(gap) | |
| 2015 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2016 { | |
| 2017 vim_free(gap->ga_data); | |
| 2018 ga_init(gap); | |
| 2019 } | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 /* | |
| 2022 * Clear a growing array that contains a list of strings. | |
| 2023 */ | |
| 2024 void | |
| 2025 ga_clear_strings(gap) | |
| 2026 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2027 { | |
| 2028 int i; | |
| 2029 | |
| 2030 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) | |
| 2031 vim_free(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]); | |
| 2032 ga_clear(gap); | |
| 2033 } | |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 /* | |
| 2036 * Initialize a growing array. Don't forget to set ga_itemsize and | |
| 2037 * ga_growsize! Or use ga_init2(). | |
| 2038 */ | |
| 2039 void | |
| 2040 ga_init(gap) | |
| 2041 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2042 { | |
| 2043 gap->ga_data = NULL; | |
| 41 | 2044 gap->ga_maxlen = 0; |
| 7 | 2045 gap->ga_len = 0; |
| 2046 } | |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 void | |
| 2049 ga_init2(gap, itemsize, growsize) | |
| 2050 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2051 int itemsize; | |
| 2052 int growsize; | |
| 2053 { | |
| 2054 ga_init(gap); | |
| 2055 gap->ga_itemsize = itemsize; | |
| 2056 gap->ga_growsize = growsize; | |
| 2057 } | |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 /* | |
| 2060 * Make room in growing array "gap" for at least "n" items. | |
| 2061 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. | |
| 2062 */ | |
| 2063 int | |
| 2064 ga_grow(gap, n) | |
| 2065 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2066 int n; | |
| 2067 { | |
| 3376 | 2068 size_t old_len; |
| 2069 size_t new_len; | |
| 7 | 2070 char_u *pp; |
| 2071 | |
| 41 | 2072 if (gap->ga_maxlen - gap->ga_len < n) |
| 7 | 2073 { |
| 2074 if (n < gap->ga_growsize) | |
| 2075 n = gap->ga_growsize; | |
| 3376 | 2076 new_len = gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n); |
| 2077 pp = (gap->ga_data == NULL) | |
| 3386 | 2078 ? alloc((unsigned)new_len) : vim_realloc(gap->ga_data, new_len); |
| 7 | 2079 if (pp == NULL) |
| 2080 return FAIL; | |
| 3376 | 2081 old_len = gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_maxlen; |
| 2082 vim_memset(pp + old_len, 0, new_len - old_len); | |
| 41 | 2083 gap->ga_maxlen = gap->ga_len + n; |
| 7 | 2084 gap->ga_data = pp; |
| 2085 } | |
| 2086 return OK; | |
| 2087 } | |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 /* | |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2090 * For a growing array that contains a list of strings: concatenate all the |
| 5873 | 2091 * strings with a separating "sep". |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2092 * Returns NULL when out of memory. |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2093 */ |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2094 char_u * |
| 5873 | 2095 ga_concat_strings(gap, sep) |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2096 garray_T *gap; |
| 5873 | 2097 char *sep; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2098 { |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2099 int i; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2100 int len = 0; |
| 5873 | 2101 int sep_len = (int)STRLEN(sep); |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2102 char_u *s; |
| 5873 | 2103 char_u *p; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2104 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2105 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) |
| 5873 | 2106 len += (int)STRLEN(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]) + sep_len; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2107 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2108 s = alloc(len + 1); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2109 if (s != NULL) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2110 { |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2111 *s = NUL; |
| 5873 | 2112 p = s; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2113 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2114 { |
| 5873 | 2115 if (p != s) |
| 2116 { | |
| 2117 STRCPY(p, sep); | |
| 2118 p += sep_len; | |
| 2119 } | |
| 2120 STRCPY(p, ((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]); | |
| 2121 p += STRLEN(p); | |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2122 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2123 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2124 return s; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2125 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2126 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2127 /* |
| 7 | 2128 * Concatenate a string to a growarray which contains characters. |
| 2129 * Note: Does NOT copy the NUL at the end! | |
| 2130 */ | |
| 2131 void | |
| 2132 ga_concat(gap, s) | |
| 2133 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2134 char_u *s; | |
| 2135 { | |
| 2136 int len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 if (ga_grow(gap, len) == OK) | |
| 2139 { | |
| 2140 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, s, (size_t)len); | |
| 2141 gap->ga_len += len; | |
| 2142 } | |
| 2143 } | |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 /* | |
| 2146 * Append one byte to a growarray which contains bytes. | |
| 2147 */ | |
| 2148 void | |
| 2149 ga_append(gap, c) | |
| 2150 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2151 int c; | |
| 2152 { | |
| 2153 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK) | |
| 2154 { | |
| 2155 *((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len) = c; | |
| 2156 ++gap->ga_len; | |
| 2157 } | |
| 2158 } | |
| 2159 | |
| 5995 | 2160 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(USE_SYSTEM)) || defined(WIN3264) \ |
| 2161 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2935 | 2162 /* |
| 2163 * Append the text in "gap" below the cursor line and clear "gap". | |
| 2164 */ | |
| 2165 void | |
| 2166 append_ga_line(gap) | |
| 2167 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2168 { | |
| 2169 /* Remove trailing CR. */ | |
| 2170 if (gap->ga_len > 0 | |
| 2171 && !curbuf->b_p_bin | |
| 2172 && ((char_u *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len - 1] == CAR) | |
| 2173 --gap->ga_len; | |
| 2174 ga_append(gap, NUL); | |
| 2175 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum++, gap->ga_data, 0, FALSE); | |
| 2176 gap->ga_len = 0; | |
| 2177 } | |
| 2178 #endif | |
| 2179 | |
| 7 | 2180 /************************************************************************ |
| 2181 * functions that use lookup tables for various things, generally to do with | |
| 2182 * special key codes. | |
| 2183 */ | |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 /* | |
| 2186 * Some useful tables. | |
| 2187 */ | |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 static struct modmasktable | |
| 2190 { | |
| 2191 short mod_mask; /* Bit-mask for particular key modifier */ | |
| 2192 short mod_flag; /* Bit(s) for particular key modifier */ | |
| 2193 char_u name; /* Single letter name of modifier */ | |
| 2194 } mod_mask_table[] = | |
| 2195 { | |
| 2196 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'M'}, | |
| 179 | 2197 {MOD_MASK_META, MOD_MASK_META, (char_u)'T'}, |
| 7 | 2198 {MOD_MASK_CTRL, MOD_MASK_CTRL, (char_u)'C'}, |
| 2199 {MOD_MASK_SHIFT, MOD_MASK_SHIFT, (char_u)'S'}, | |
| 2200 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_2CLICK, (char_u)'2'}, | |
| 2201 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_3CLICK, (char_u)'3'}, | |
| 2202 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_4CLICK, (char_u)'4'}, | |
| 2203 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 2204 {MOD_MASK_CMD, MOD_MASK_CMD, (char_u)'D'}, | |
| 2205 #endif | |
| 2206 /* 'A' must be the last one */ | |
| 2207 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'A'}, | |
| 2208 {0, 0, NUL} | |
| 2209 }; | |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 /* | |
| 2212 * Shifted key terminal codes and their unshifted equivalent. | |
| 1209 | 2213 * Don't add mouse codes here, they are handled separately! |
| 7 | 2214 */ |
| 2215 #define MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE 5 | |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 static char_u modifier_keys_table[] = | |
| 2218 { | |
| 2219 /* mod mask with modifier without modifier */ | |
| 2220 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '9', '@', '1', /* begin */ | |
| 2221 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '0', '@', '2', /* cancel */ | |
| 2222 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '1', '@', '4', /* command */ | |
| 2223 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '2', '@', '5', /* copy */ | |
| 2224 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '3', '@', '6', /* create */ | |
| 2225 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '4', 'k', 'D', /* delete char */ | |
| 2226 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '5', 'k', 'L', /* delete line */ | |
| 2227 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '7', '@', '7', /* end */ | |
| 2228 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_END, '@', '7', /* end */ | |
| 2229 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '9', '@', '9', /* exit */ | |
| 2230 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '0', '@', '0', /* find */ | |
| 2231 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '1', '%', '1', /* help */ | |
| 2232 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '2', 'k', 'h', /* home */ | |
| 2233 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_HOME, 'k', 'h', /* home */ | |
| 2234 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '3', 'k', 'I', /* insert */ | |
| 2235 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '4', 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */ | |
| 2236 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_LEFT, 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */ | |
| 2237 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'a', '%', '3', /* message */ | |
| 2238 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'b', '%', '4', /* move */ | |
| 2239 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'c', '%', '5', /* next */ | |
| 2240 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'd', '%', '7', /* options */ | |
| 2241 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'e', '%', '8', /* previous */ | |
| 2242 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'f', '%', '9', /* print */ | |
| 2243 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'g', '%', '0', /* redo */ | |
| 2244 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'h', '&', '3', /* replace */ | |
| 2245 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'i', 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */ | |
| 2246 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_RIGHT, 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */ | |
| 2247 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'j', '&', '5', /* resume */ | |
| 2248 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '1', '&', '6', /* save */ | |
| 2249 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '2', '&', '7', /* suspend */ | |
| 2250 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '3', '&', '8', /* undo */ | |
| 2251 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_UP, 'k', 'u', /* up arrow */ | |
| 2252 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_DOWN, 'k', 'd', /* down arrow */ | |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 /* vt100 F1 */ | |
| 2255 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF1, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF1, | |
| 2256 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF2, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF2, | |
| 2257 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF3, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF3, | |
| 2258 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF4, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF4, | |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F1, 'k', '1', /* F1 */ | |
| 2261 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F2, 'k', '2', | |
| 2262 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F3, 'k', '3', | |
| 2263 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F4, 'k', '4', | |
| 2264 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F5, 'k', '5', | |
| 2265 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F6, 'k', '6', | |
| 2266 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F7, 'k', '7', | |
| 2267 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F8, 'k', '8', | |
| 2268 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F9, 'k', '9', | |
| 2269 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F10, 'k', ';', /* F10 */ | |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F11, 'F', '1', | |
| 2272 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F12, 'F', '2', | |
| 2273 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F13, 'F', '3', | |
| 2274 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F14, 'F', '4', | |
| 2275 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F15, 'F', '5', | |
| 2276 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F16, 'F', '6', | |
| 2277 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F17, 'F', '7', | |
| 2278 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F18, 'F', '8', | |
| 2279 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F19, 'F', '9', | |
| 2280 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F20, 'F', 'A', | |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F21, 'F', 'B', | |
| 2283 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F22, 'F', 'C', | |
| 2284 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F23, 'F', 'D', | |
| 2285 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F24, 'F', 'E', | |
| 2286 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F25, 'F', 'F', | |
| 2287 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F26, 'F', 'G', | |
| 2288 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F27, 'F', 'H', | |
| 2289 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F28, 'F', 'I', | |
| 2290 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F29, 'F', 'J', | |
| 2291 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F30, 'F', 'K', | |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F31, 'F', 'L', | |
| 2294 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F32, 'F', 'M', | |
| 2295 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F33, 'F', 'N', | |
| 2296 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F34, 'F', 'O', | |
| 2297 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F35, 'F', 'P', | |
| 2298 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F36, 'F', 'Q', | |
| 2299 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F37, 'F', 'R', | |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 /* TAB pseudo code*/ | |
| 2302 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, 'k', 'B', KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_TAB, | |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 NUL | |
| 2305 }; | |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 static struct key_name_entry | |
| 2308 { | |
| 2309 int key; /* Special key code or ascii value */ | |
| 2310 char_u *name; /* Name of key */ | |
| 2311 } key_names_table[] = | |
| 2312 { | |
| 2313 {' ', (char_u *)"Space"}, | |
| 2314 {TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"}, | |
| 2315 {K_TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"}, | |
| 2316 {NL, (char_u *)"NL"}, | |
| 2317 {NL, (char_u *)"NewLine"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2318 {NL, (char_u *)"LineFeed"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2319 {NL, (char_u *)"LF"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2320 {CAR, (char_u *)"CR"}, | |
| 2321 {CAR, (char_u *)"Return"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2322 {CAR, (char_u *)"Enter"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2323 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BS"}, | |
| 2324 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BackSpace"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2325 {ESC, (char_u *)"Esc"}, | |
| 2326 {CSI, (char_u *)"CSI"}, | |
| 2327 {K_CSI, (char_u *)"xCSI"}, | |
| 2328 {'|', (char_u *)"Bar"}, | |
| 2329 {'\\', (char_u *)"Bslash"}, | |
| 2330 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Del"}, | |
| 2331 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Delete"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2332 {K_KDEL, (char_u *)"kDel"}, | |
| 2333 {K_UP, (char_u *)"Up"}, | |
| 2334 {K_DOWN, (char_u *)"Down"}, | |
| 2335 {K_LEFT, (char_u *)"Left"}, | |
| 2336 {K_RIGHT, (char_u *)"Right"}, | |
| 180 | 2337 {K_XUP, (char_u *)"xUp"}, |
| 2338 {K_XDOWN, (char_u *)"xDown"}, | |
| 2339 {K_XLEFT, (char_u *)"xLeft"}, | |
| 2340 {K_XRIGHT, (char_u *)"xRight"}, | |
| 7 | 2341 |
| 2342 {K_F1, (char_u *)"F1"}, | |
| 2343 {K_F2, (char_u *)"F2"}, | |
| 2344 {K_F3, (char_u *)"F3"}, | |
| 2345 {K_F4, (char_u *)"F4"}, | |
| 2346 {K_F5, (char_u *)"F5"}, | |
| 2347 {K_F6, (char_u *)"F6"}, | |
| 2348 {K_F7, (char_u *)"F7"}, | |
| 2349 {K_F8, (char_u *)"F8"}, | |
| 2350 {K_F9, (char_u *)"F9"}, | |
| 2351 {K_F10, (char_u *)"F10"}, | |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 {K_F11, (char_u *)"F11"}, | |
| 2354 {K_F12, (char_u *)"F12"}, | |
| 2355 {K_F13, (char_u *)"F13"}, | |
| 2356 {K_F14, (char_u *)"F14"}, | |
| 2357 {K_F15, (char_u *)"F15"}, | |
| 2358 {K_F16, (char_u *)"F16"}, | |
| 2359 {K_F17, (char_u *)"F17"}, | |
| 2360 {K_F18, (char_u *)"F18"}, | |
| 2361 {K_F19, (char_u *)"F19"}, | |
| 2362 {K_F20, (char_u *)"F20"}, | |
| 2363 | |
| 2364 {K_F21, (char_u *)"F21"}, | |
| 2365 {K_F22, (char_u *)"F22"}, | |
| 2366 {K_F23, (char_u *)"F23"}, | |
| 2367 {K_F24, (char_u *)"F24"}, | |
| 2368 {K_F25, (char_u *)"F25"}, | |
| 2369 {K_F26, (char_u *)"F26"}, | |
| 2370 {K_F27, (char_u *)"F27"}, | |
| 2371 {K_F28, (char_u *)"F28"}, | |
| 2372 {K_F29, (char_u *)"F29"}, | |
| 2373 {K_F30, (char_u *)"F30"}, | |
| 2374 | |
| 2375 {K_F31, (char_u *)"F31"}, | |
| 2376 {K_F32, (char_u *)"F32"}, | |
| 2377 {K_F33, (char_u *)"F33"}, | |
| 2378 {K_F34, (char_u *)"F34"}, | |
| 2379 {K_F35, (char_u *)"F35"}, | |
| 2380 {K_F36, (char_u *)"F36"}, | |
| 2381 {K_F37, (char_u *)"F37"}, | |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 {K_XF1, (char_u *)"xF1"}, | |
| 2384 {K_XF2, (char_u *)"xF2"}, | |
| 2385 {K_XF3, (char_u *)"xF3"}, | |
| 2386 {K_XF4, (char_u *)"xF4"}, | |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 {K_HELP, (char_u *)"Help"}, | |
| 2389 {K_UNDO, (char_u *)"Undo"}, | |
| 2390 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Insert"}, | |
| 2391 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Ins"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2392 {K_KINS, (char_u *)"kInsert"}, | |
| 2393 {K_HOME, (char_u *)"Home"}, | |
| 2394 {K_KHOME, (char_u *)"kHome"}, | |
| 2395 {K_XHOME, (char_u *)"xHome"}, | |
| 230 | 2396 {K_ZHOME, (char_u *)"zHome"}, |
| 7 | 2397 {K_END, (char_u *)"End"}, |
| 2398 {K_KEND, (char_u *)"kEnd"}, | |
| 2399 {K_XEND, (char_u *)"xEnd"}, | |
| 230 | 2400 {K_ZEND, (char_u *)"zEnd"}, |
| 7 | 2401 {K_PAGEUP, (char_u *)"PageUp"}, |
| 2402 {K_PAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"PageDown"}, | |
| 2403 {K_KPAGEUP, (char_u *)"kPageUp"}, | |
| 2404 {K_KPAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"kPageDown"}, | |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 {K_KPLUS, (char_u *)"kPlus"}, | |
| 2407 {K_KMINUS, (char_u *)"kMinus"}, | |
| 2408 {K_KDIVIDE, (char_u *)"kDivide"}, | |
| 2409 {K_KMULTIPLY, (char_u *)"kMultiply"}, | |
| 2410 {K_KENTER, (char_u *)"kEnter"}, | |
| 2411 {K_KPOINT, (char_u *)"kPoint"}, | |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 {K_K0, (char_u *)"k0"}, | |
| 2414 {K_K1, (char_u *)"k1"}, | |
| 2415 {K_K2, (char_u *)"k2"}, | |
| 2416 {K_K3, (char_u *)"k3"}, | |
| 2417 {K_K4, (char_u *)"k4"}, | |
| 2418 {K_K5, (char_u *)"k5"}, | |
| 2419 {K_K6, (char_u *)"k6"}, | |
| 2420 {K_K7, (char_u *)"k7"}, | |
| 2421 {K_K8, (char_u *)"k8"}, | |
| 2422 {K_K9, (char_u *)"k9"}, | |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 {'<', (char_u *)"lt"}, | |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 {K_MOUSE, (char_u *)"Mouse"}, | |
| 3273 | 2427 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_NET |
| 7 | 2428 {K_NETTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"NetMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2429 #endif |
| 2430 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_DEC | |
| 7 | 2431 {K_DEC_MOUSE, (char_u *)"DecMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2432 #endif |
| 2433 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_JSB | |
| 7 | 2434 {K_JSBTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"JsbMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2435 #endif |
| 2436 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_PTERM | |
| 7 | 2437 {K_PTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"PtermMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2438 #endif |
| 2439 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_URXVT | |
| 2440 {K_URXVT_MOUSE, (char_u *)"UrxvtMouse"}, | |
| 2441 #endif | |
| 3746 | 2442 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_SGR |
| 2443 {K_SGR_MOUSE, (char_u *)"SgrMouse"}, | |
| 2444 #endif | |
| 7 | 2445 {K_LEFTMOUSE, (char_u *)"LeftMouse"}, |
| 2446 {K_LEFTMOUSE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftMouseNM"}, | |
| 2447 {K_LEFTDRAG, (char_u *)"LeftDrag"}, | |
| 2448 {K_LEFTRELEASE, (char_u *)"LeftRelease"}, | |
| 2449 {K_LEFTRELEASE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftReleaseNM"}, | |
| 2450 {K_MIDDLEMOUSE, (char_u *)"MiddleMouse"}, | |
| 2451 {K_MIDDLEDRAG, (char_u *)"MiddleDrag"}, | |
| 2452 {K_MIDDLERELEASE, (char_u *)"MiddleRelease"}, | |
| 2453 {K_RIGHTMOUSE, (char_u *)"RightMouse"}, | |
| 2454 {K_RIGHTDRAG, (char_u *)"RightDrag"}, | |
| 2455 {K_RIGHTRELEASE, (char_u *)"RightRelease"}, | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2456 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelUp"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2457 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelDown"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2458 {K_MOUSELEFT, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelRight"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2459 {K_MOUSERIGHT, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelLeft"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2460 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"MouseDown"}, /* OBSOLETE: Use */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2461 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"MouseUp"}, /* ScrollWheelXXX instead */ |
| 7 | 2462 {K_X1MOUSE, (char_u *)"X1Mouse"}, |
| 2463 {K_X1DRAG, (char_u *)"X1Drag"}, | |
| 2464 {K_X1RELEASE, (char_u *)"X1Release"}, | |
| 2465 {K_X2MOUSE, (char_u *)"X2Mouse"}, | |
| 2466 {K_X2DRAG, (char_u *)"X2Drag"}, | |
| 2467 {K_X2RELEASE, (char_u *)"X2Release"}, | |
| 2468 {K_DROP, (char_u *)"Drop"}, | |
| 2469 {K_ZERO, (char_u *)"Nul"}, | |
| 2470 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 2471 {K_SNR, (char_u *)"SNR"}, | |
| 2472 #endif | |
| 2473 {K_PLUG, (char_u *)"Plug"}, | |
| 6245 | 2474 {K_CURSORHOLD, (char_u *)"CursorHold"}, |
| 7 | 2475 {0, NULL} |
| 2476 }; | |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 #define KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN (sizeof(key_names_table) / sizeof(struct key_name_entry)) | |
| 2479 | |
| 2480 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 2481 static struct mousetable | |
| 2482 { | |
| 2483 int pseudo_code; /* Code for pseudo mouse event */ | |
| 2484 int button; /* Which mouse button is it? */ | |
| 2485 int is_click; /* Is it a mouse button click event? */ | |
| 2486 int is_drag; /* Is it a mouse drag event? */ | |
| 2487 } mouse_table[] = | |
| 2488 { | |
| 2489 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2490 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2491 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2492 #endif | |
| 2493 {(int)KE_LEFTDRAG, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2494 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2495 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2496 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2497 #endif | |
| 2498 {(int)KE_MIDDLEMOUSE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2499 {(int)KE_MIDDLEDRAG, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2500 {(int)KE_MIDDLERELEASE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2501 {(int)KE_RIGHTMOUSE, MOUSE_RIGHT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2502 {(int)KE_RIGHTDRAG, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2503 {(int)KE_RIGHTRELEASE, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2504 {(int)KE_X1MOUSE, MOUSE_X1, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2505 {(int)KE_X1DRAG, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2506 {(int)KE_X1RELEASE, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2507 {(int)KE_X2MOUSE, MOUSE_X2, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2508 {(int)KE_X2DRAG, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2509 {(int)KE_X2RELEASE, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2510 /* DRAG without CLICK */ | |
| 2511 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2512 /* RELEASE without CLICK */ | |
| 2513 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2514 {0, 0, 0, 0}, | |
| 2515 }; | |
| 2516 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 /* | |
| 2519 * Return the modifier mask bit (MOD_MASK_*) which corresponds to the given | |
| 2520 * modifier name ('S' for Shift, 'C' for Ctrl etc). | |
| 2521 */ | |
| 2522 int | |
| 2523 name_to_mod_mask(c) | |
| 2524 int c; | |
| 2525 { | |
| 2526 int i; | |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 c = TOUPPER_ASC(c); | |
| 2529 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask != 0; i++) | |
| 2530 if (c == mod_mask_table[i].name) | |
| 2531 return mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag; | |
| 2532 return 0; | |
| 2533 } | |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 /* | |
| 2536 * Check if if there is a special key code for "key" that includes the | |
| 2537 * modifiers specified. | |
| 2538 */ | |
| 2539 int | |
| 2540 simplify_key(key, modifiers) | |
| 2541 int key; | |
| 2542 int *modifiers; | |
| 2543 { | |
| 2544 int i; | |
| 2545 int key0; | |
| 2546 int key1; | |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 if (*modifiers & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL | MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
| 2549 { | |
| 2550 /* TAB is a special case */ | |
| 2551 if (key == TAB && (*modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 2552 { | |
| 2553 *modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2554 return K_S_TAB; | |
| 2555 } | |
| 2556 key0 = KEY2TERMCAP0(key); | |
| 2557 key1 = KEY2TERMCAP1(key); | |
| 2558 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != NUL; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE) | |
| 2559 if (key0 == modifier_keys_table[i + 3] | |
| 2560 && key1 == modifier_keys_table[i + 4] | |
| 2561 && (*modifiers & modifier_keys_table[i])) | |
| 2562 { | |
| 2563 *modifiers &= ~modifier_keys_table[i]; | |
| 2564 return TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 1], | |
| 2565 modifier_keys_table[i + 2]); | |
| 2566 } | |
| 2567 } | |
| 2568 return key; | |
| 2569 } | |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 /* | |
| 180 | 2572 * Change <xHome> to <Home>, <xUp> to <Up>, etc. |
| 2573 */ | |
| 2574 int | |
| 2575 handle_x_keys(key) | |
| 2576 int key; | |
| 2577 { | |
| 2578 switch (key) | |
| 2579 { | |
| 2580 case K_XUP: return K_UP; | |
| 2581 case K_XDOWN: return K_DOWN; | |
| 2582 case K_XLEFT: return K_LEFT; | |
| 2583 case K_XRIGHT: return K_RIGHT; | |
| 2584 case K_XHOME: return K_HOME; | |
| 230 | 2585 case K_ZHOME: return K_HOME; |
| 180 | 2586 case K_XEND: return K_END; |
| 230 | 2587 case K_ZEND: return K_END; |
| 180 | 2588 case K_XF1: return K_F1; |
| 2589 case K_XF2: return K_F2; | |
| 2590 case K_XF3: return K_F3; | |
| 2591 case K_XF4: return K_F4; | |
| 2592 case K_S_XF1: return K_S_F1; | |
| 2593 case K_S_XF2: return K_S_F2; | |
| 2594 case K_S_XF3: return K_S_F3; | |
| 2595 case K_S_XF4: return K_S_F4; | |
| 2596 } | |
| 2597 return key; | |
| 2598 } | |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 /* | |
| 7 | 2601 * Return a string which contains the name of the given key when the given |
| 2602 * modifiers are down. | |
| 2603 */ | |
| 2604 char_u * | |
| 2605 get_special_key_name(c, modifiers) | |
| 2606 int c; | |
| 2607 int modifiers; | |
| 2608 { | |
| 2609 static char_u string[MAX_KEY_NAME_LEN + 1]; | |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 int i, idx; | |
| 2612 int table_idx; | |
| 2613 char_u *s; | |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 string[0] = '<'; | |
| 2616 idx = 1; | |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 /* Key that stands for a normal character. */ | |
| 2619 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) && KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == KS_KEY) | |
| 2620 c = KEY2TERMCAP1(c); | |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 /* | |
| 2623 * Translate shifted special keys into unshifted keys and set modifier. | |
| 2624 * Same for CTRL and ALT modifiers. | |
| 2625 */ | |
| 2626 if (IS_SPECIAL(c)) | |
| 2627 { | |
| 2628 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != 0; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE) | |
| 2629 if ( KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 1] | |
| 2630 && (int)KEY2TERMCAP1(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 2]) | |
| 2631 { | |
| 2632 modifiers |= modifier_keys_table[i]; | |
| 2633 c = TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 3], | |
| 2634 modifier_keys_table[i + 4]); | |
| 2635 break; | |
| 2636 } | |
| 2637 } | |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 /* try to find the key in the special key table */ | |
| 2640 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c); | |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 /* | |
| 2643 * When not a known special key, and not a printable character, try to | |
| 2644 * extract modifiers. | |
| 2645 */ | |
| 2646 if (c > 0 | |
| 2647 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2648 && (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1 | |
| 2649 #endif | |
| 2650 ) | |
| 2651 { | |
| 2652 if (table_idx < 0 | |
| 2653 && (!vim_isprintc(c) || (c & 0x7f) == ' ') | |
| 2654 && (c & 0x80)) | |
| 2655 { | |
| 2656 c &= 0x7f; | |
| 2657 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 2658 /* try again, to find the un-alted key in the special key table */ | |
| 2659 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c); | |
| 2660 } | |
| 2661 if (table_idx < 0 && !vim_isprintc(c) && c < ' ') | |
| 2662 { | |
| 2663 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 2664 c = CtrlChar(c); | |
| 2665 #else | |
| 2666 c += '@'; | |
| 2667 #endif | |
| 2668 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2669 } | |
| 2670 } | |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 /* translate the modifier into a string */ | |
| 2673 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].name != 'A'; i++) | |
| 2674 if ((modifiers & mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask) | |
| 2675 == mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag) | |
| 2676 { | |
| 2677 string[idx++] = mod_mask_table[i].name; | |
| 2678 string[idx++] = (char_u)'-'; | |
| 2679 } | |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 if (table_idx < 0) /* unknown special key, may output t_xx */ | |
| 2682 { | |
| 2683 if (IS_SPECIAL(c)) | |
| 2684 { | |
| 2685 string[idx++] = 't'; | |
| 2686 string[idx++] = '_'; | |
| 2687 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(c); | |
| 2688 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(c); | |
| 2689 } | |
| 2690 /* Not a special key, only modifiers, output directly */ | |
| 2691 else | |
| 2692 { | |
| 2693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2694 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 2695 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, string + idx); | |
| 2696 else | |
| 2697 #endif | |
| 2698 if (vim_isprintc(c)) | |
| 2699 string[idx++] = c; | |
| 2700 else | |
| 2701 { | |
| 2702 s = transchar(c); | |
| 2703 while (*s) | |
| 2704 string[idx++] = *s++; | |
| 2705 } | |
| 2706 } | |
| 2707 } | |
| 2708 else /* use name of special key */ | |
| 2709 { | |
| 2710 STRCPY(string + idx, key_names_table[table_idx].name); | |
| 2711 idx = (int)STRLEN(string); | |
| 2712 } | |
| 2713 string[idx++] = '>'; | |
| 2714 string[idx] = NUL; | |
| 2715 return string; | |
| 2716 } | |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 /* | |
| 2719 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[] to dst[]. | |
| 2720 * Return the number of characters added to dst[], zero for no match. | |
| 2721 * If there is a match, srcp is advanced to after the <> name. | |
| 2722 * dst[] must be big enough to hold the result (up to six characters)! | |
| 2723 */ | |
| 2724 int | |
| 2725 trans_special(srcp, dst, keycode) | |
| 2726 char_u **srcp; | |
| 2727 char_u *dst; | |
| 2728 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */ | |
| 2729 { | |
| 2730 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 2731 int key; | |
| 2732 int dlen = 0; | |
| 2733 | |
| 1775 | 2734 key = find_special_key(srcp, &modifiers, keycode, FALSE); |
| 7 | 2735 if (key == 0) |
| 2736 return 0; | |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 /* Put the appropriate modifier in a string */ | |
| 2739 if (modifiers != 0) | |
| 2740 { | |
| 2741 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 2742 dst[dlen++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2743 dst[dlen++] = modifiers; | |
| 2744 } | |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 if (IS_SPECIAL(key)) | |
| 2747 { | |
| 2748 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 2749 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key); | |
| 2750 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key); | |
| 2751 } | |
| 2752 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2753 else if (has_mbyte && !keycode) | |
| 2754 dlen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key, dst + dlen); | |
| 2755 #endif | |
| 2756 else if (keycode) | |
| 2757 dlen = (int)(add_char2buf(key, dst + dlen) - dst); | |
| 2758 else | |
| 2759 dst[dlen++] = key; | |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 return dlen; | |
| 2762 } | |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 /* | |
| 2765 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[], return the key and modifiers. | |
| 2766 * srcp is advanced to after the <> name. | |
| 2767 * returns 0 if there is no match. | |
| 2768 */ | |
| 2769 int | |
| 1775 | 2770 find_special_key(srcp, modp, keycode, keep_x_key) |
| 7 | 2771 char_u **srcp; |
| 2772 int *modp; | |
| 1775 | 2773 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */ |
| 2774 int keep_x_key; /* don't translate xHome to Home key */ | |
| 7 | 2775 { |
| 2776 char_u *last_dash; | |
| 2777 char_u *end_of_name; | |
| 2778 char_u *src; | |
| 2779 char_u *bp; | |
| 2780 int modifiers; | |
| 2781 int bit; | |
| 2782 int key; | |
| 835 | 2783 unsigned long n; |
| 3024 | 2784 int l; |
| 7 | 2785 |
| 2786 src = *srcp; | |
| 2787 if (src[0] != '<') | |
| 2788 return 0; | |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 /* Find end of modifier list */ | |
| 2791 last_dash = src; | |
| 2792 for (bp = src + 1; *bp == '-' || vim_isIDc(*bp); bp++) | |
| 2793 { | |
| 2794 if (*bp == '-') | |
| 2795 { | |
| 2796 last_dash = bp; | |
| 3024 | 2797 if (bp[1] != NUL) |
| 2798 { | |
| 2799 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2800 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2801 l = mb_ptr2len(bp + 1); | |
| 2802 else | |
| 2803 #endif | |
| 2804 l = 1; | |
| 2805 if (bp[l + 1] == '>') | |
| 2806 bp += l; /* anything accepted, like <C-?> */ | |
| 2807 } | |
| 7 | 2808 } |
| 2809 if (bp[0] == 't' && bp[1] == '_' && bp[2] && bp[3]) | |
| 2810 bp += 3; /* skip t_xx, xx may be '-' or '>' */ | |
| 3026 | 2811 else if (STRNICMP(bp, "char-", 5) == 0) |
| 2812 { | |
| 2813 vim_str2nr(bp + 5, NULL, &l, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2814 bp += l + 5; | |
| 2815 break; | |
| 2816 } | |
| 7 | 2817 } |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 if (*bp == '>') /* found matching '>' */ | |
| 2820 { | |
| 2821 end_of_name = bp + 1; | |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 /* Which modifiers are given? */ | |
| 2824 modifiers = 0x0; | |
| 2825 for (bp = src + 1; bp < last_dash; bp++) | |
| 2826 { | |
| 2827 if (*bp != '-') | |
| 2828 { | |
| 2829 bit = name_to_mod_mask(*bp); | |
| 2830 if (bit == 0x0) | |
| 2831 break; /* Illegal modifier name */ | |
| 2832 modifiers |= bit; | |
| 2833 } | |
| 2834 } | |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 /* | |
| 2837 * Legal modifier name. | |
| 2838 */ | |
| 2839 if (bp >= last_dash) | |
| 2840 { | |
| 3024 | 2841 if (STRNICMP(last_dash + 1, "char-", 5) == 0 |
| 2842 && VIM_ISDIGIT(last_dash[6])) | |
| 2843 { | |
| 2844 /* <Char-123> or <Char-033> or <Char-0x33> */ | |
| 2845 vim_str2nr(last_dash + 6, NULL, NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, &n); | |
| 3026 | 2846 key = (int)n; |
| 3024 | 2847 } |
| 7 | 2848 else |
| 180 | 2849 { |
| 3026 | 2850 /* |
| 2851 * Modifier with single letter, or special key name. | |
| 2852 */ | |
| 2853 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2854 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2855 l = mb_ptr2len(last_dash + 1); | |
| 2856 else | |
| 2857 #endif | |
| 2858 l = 1; | |
| 2859 if (modifiers != 0 && last_dash[l + 1] == '>') | |
| 2860 key = PTR2CHAR(last_dash + 1); | |
| 2861 else | |
| 2862 { | |
| 2863 key = get_special_key_code(last_dash + 1); | |
| 2864 if (!keep_x_key) | |
| 2865 key = handle_x_keys(key); | |
| 2866 } | |
| 180 | 2867 } |
| 7 | 2868 |
| 2869 /* | |
| 2870 * get_special_key_code() may return NUL for invalid | |
| 2871 * special key name. | |
| 2872 */ | |
| 2873 if (key != NUL) | |
| 2874 { | |
| 2875 /* | |
| 2876 * Only use a modifier when there is no special key code that | |
| 2877 * includes the modifier. | |
| 2878 */ | |
| 2879 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers); | |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 if (!keycode) | |
| 2882 { | |
| 2883 /* don't want keycode, use single byte code */ | |
| 2884 if (key == K_BS) | |
| 2885 key = BS; | |
| 2886 else if (key == K_DEL || key == K_KDEL) | |
| 2887 key = DEL; | |
| 2888 } | |
| 2889 | |
| 2890 /* | |
| 2891 * Normal Key with modifier: Try to make a single byte code. | |
| 2892 */ | |
| 2893 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key)) | |
| 2894 key = extract_modifiers(key, &modifiers); | |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 *modp = modifiers; | |
| 2897 *srcp = end_of_name; | |
| 2898 return key; | |
| 2899 } | |
| 2900 } | |
| 2901 } | |
| 2902 return 0; | |
| 2903 } | |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 /* | |
| 2906 * Try to include modifiers in the key. | |
| 2907 * Changes "Shift-a" to 'A', "Alt-A" to 0xc0, etc. | |
| 2908 */ | |
| 2909 int | |
| 2910 extract_modifiers(key, modp) | |
| 2911 int key; | |
| 2912 int *modp; | |
| 2913 { | |
| 2914 int modifiers = *modp; | |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 4352 | 2917 /* Command-key really special, no fancynest */ |
| 7 | 2918 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) |
| 2919 #endif | |
| 2920 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) && ASCII_ISALPHA(key)) | |
| 2921 { | |
| 2922 key = TOUPPER_ASC(key); | |
| 2923 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2924 } | |
| 2925 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 2926 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 2927 /* * TODO: EBCDIC Better use: | |
| 2928 * && (Ctrl_chr(key) || key == '?') | |
| 2929 * ??? */ | |
| 2930 && strchr("?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_", key) | |
| 2931 != NULL | |
| 2932 #else | |
| 2933 && ((key >= '?' && key <= '_') || ASCII_ISALPHA(key)) | |
| 2934 #endif | |
| 2935 ) | |
| 2936 { | |
| 2937 key = Ctrl_chr(key); | |
| 2938 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2939 /* <C-@> is <Nul> */ | |
| 2940 if (key == 0) | |
| 2941 key = K_ZERO; | |
| 2942 } | |
| 2943 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 4352 | 2944 /* Command-key really special, no fancynest */ |
| 7 | 2945 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) |
| 2946 #endif | |
| 2947 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) && key < 0x80 | |
| 2948 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2949 && !enc_dbcs /* avoid creating a lead byte */ | |
| 2950 #endif | |
| 2951 ) | |
| 2952 { | |
| 2953 key |= 0x80; | |
| 2954 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT; /* remove the META modifier */ | |
| 2955 } | |
| 2956 | |
| 2957 *modp = modifiers; | |
| 2958 return key; | |
| 2959 } | |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 /* | |
| 2962 * Try to find key "c" in the special key table. | |
| 2963 * Return the index when found, -1 when not found. | |
| 2964 */ | |
| 2965 int | |
| 2966 find_special_key_in_table(c) | |
| 2967 int c; | |
| 2968 { | |
| 2969 int i; | |
| 2970 | |
| 2971 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++) | |
| 2972 if (c == key_names_table[i].key) | |
| 2973 break; | |
| 2974 if (key_names_table[i].name == NULL) | |
| 2975 i = -1; | |
| 2976 return i; | |
| 2977 } | |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 /* | |
| 2980 * Find the special key with the given name (the given string does not have to | |
| 2981 * end with NUL, the name is assumed to end before the first non-idchar). | |
| 2982 * If the name starts with "t_" the next two characters are interpreted as a | |
| 2983 * termcap name. | |
| 2984 * Return the key code, or 0 if not found. | |
| 2985 */ | |
| 2986 int | |
| 2987 get_special_key_code(name) | |
| 2988 char_u *name; | |
| 2989 { | |
| 2990 char_u *table_name; | |
| 2991 char_u string[3]; | |
| 2992 int i, j; | |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 /* | |
| 2995 * If it's <t_xx> we get the code for xx from the termcap | |
| 2996 */ | |
| 2997 if (name[0] == 't' && name[1] == '_' && name[2] != NUL && name[3] != NUL) | |
| 2998 { | |
| 2999 string[0] = name[2]; | |
| 3000 string[1] = name[3]; | |
| 3001 string[2] = NUL; | |
| 3002 if (add_termcap_entry(string, FALSE) == OK) | |
| 3003 return TERMCAP2KEY(name[2], name[3]); | |
| 3004 } | |
| 3005 else | |
| 3006 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++) | |
| 3007 { | |
| 3008 table_name = key_names_table[i].name; | |
| 3009 for (j = 0; vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] != NUL; j++) | |
| 3010 if (TOLOWER_ASC(table_name[j]) != TOLOWER_ASC(name[j])) | |
| 3011 break; | |
| 3012 if (!vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] == NUL) | |
| 3013 return key_names_table[i].key; | |
| 3014 } | |
| 3015 return 0; | |
| 3016 } | |
| 3017 | |
| 1661 | 3018 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3019 char_u * |
| 3020 get_key_name(i) | |
| 3021 int i; | |
| 3022 { | |
| 1881 | 3023 if (i >= (int)KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN) |
| 7 | 3024 return NULL; |
| 3025 return key_names_table[i].name; | |
| 3026 } | |
| 3027 #endif | |
| 3028 | |
| 1661 | 3029 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3030 /* |
| 3031 * Look up the given mouse code to return the relevant information in the other | |
| 3032 * arguments. Return which button is down or was released. | |
| 3033 */ | |
| 3034 int | |
| 3035 get_mouse_button(code, is_click, is_drag) | |
| 3036 int code; | |
| 3037 int *is_click; | |
| 3038 int *is_drag; | |
| 3039 { | |
| 3040 int i; | |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++) | |
| 3043 if (code == mouse_table[i].pseudo_code) | |
| 3044 { | |
| 3045 *is_click = mouse_table[i].is_click; | |
| 3046 *is_drag = mouse_table[i].is_drag; | |
| 3047 return mouse_table[i].button; | |
| 3048 } | |
| 3049 return 0; /* Shouldn't get here */ | |
| 3050 } | |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 /* | |
| 3053 * Return the appropriate pseudo mouse event token (KE_LEFTMOUSE etc) based on | |
| 3054 * the given information about which mouse button is down, and whether the | |
| 3055 * mouse was clicked, dragged or released. | |
| 3056 */ | |
| 3057 int | |
| 3058 get_pseudo_mouse_code(button, is_click, is_drag) | |
| 3059 int button; /* eg MOUSE_LEFT */ | |
| 3060 int is_click; | |
| 3061 int is_drag; | |
| 3062 { | |
| 3063 int i; | |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++) | |
| 3066 if (button == mouse_table[i].button | |
| 3067 && is_click == mouse_table[i].is_click | |
| 3068 && is_drag == mouse_table[i].is_drag) | |
| 3069 { | |
| 3070 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 263 | 3071 /* Trick: a non mappable left click and release has mouse_col -1 |
| 3072 * or added MOUSE_COLOFF. Used for 'mousefocus' in | |
| 3073 * gui_mouse_moved() */ | |
| 3074 if (mouse_col < 0 || mouse_col > MOUSE_COLOFF) | |
| 7 | 3075 { |
| 263 | 3076 if (mouse_col < 0) |
| 3077 mouse_col = 0; | |
| 3078 else | |
| 3079 mouse_col -= MOUSE_COLOFF; | |
| 7 | 3080 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE) |
| 3081 return (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM; | |
| 3082 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE) | |
| 3083 return (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM; | |
| 3084 } | |
| 3085 #endif | |
| 3086 return mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; | |
| 3087 } | |
| 1209 | 3088 return (int)KE_IGNORE; /* not recognized, ignore it */ |
| 7 | 3089 } |
| 3090 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
| 3091 | |
| 3092 /* | |
| 3093 * Return the current end-of-line type: EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC. | |
| 3094 */ | |
| 3095 int | |
| 3096 get_fileformat(buf) | |
| 3097 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3098 { | |
| 3099 int c = *buf->b_p_ff; | |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 if (buf->b_p_bin || c == 'u') | |
| 3102 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3103 if (c == 'm') | |
| 3104 return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3105 return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3106 } | |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 /* | |
| 3109 * Like get_fileformat(), but override 'fileformat' with "p" for "++opt=val" | |
| 3110 * argument. | |
| 3111 */ | |
| 3112 int | |
| 3113 get_fileformat_force(buf, eap) | |
| 3114 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3115 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */ | |
| 3116 { | |
| 3117 int c; | |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 if (eap != NULL && eap->force_ff != 0) | |
| 3120 c = eap->cmd[eap->force_ff]; | |
| 3121 else | |
| 3122 { | |
| 3123 if ((eap != NULL && eap->force_bin != 0) | |
| 3124 ? (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) : buf->b_p_bin) | |
| 3125 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3126 c = *buf->b_p_ff; | |
| 3127 } | |
| 3128 if (c == 'u') | |
| 3129 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3130 if (c == 'm') | |
| 3131 return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3132 return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3133 } | |
| 3134 | |
| 3135 /* | |
| 3136 * Set the current end-of-line type to EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC. | |
| 3137 * Sets both 'textmode' and 'fileformat'. | |
| 3138 * Note: Does _not_ set global value of 'textmode'! | |
| 3139 */ | |
| 3140 void | |
| 3141 set_fileformat(t, opt_flags) | |
| 3142 int t; | |
| 3143 int opt_flags; /* OPT_LOCAL and/or OPT_GLOBAL */ | |
| 3144 { | |
| 3145 char *p = NULL; | |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 switch (t) | |
| 3148 { | |
| 3149 case EOL_DOS: | |
| 3150 p = FF_DOS; | |
| 3151 curbuf->b_p_tx = TRUE; | |
| 3152 break; | |
| 3153 case EOL_UNIX: | |
| 3154 p = FF_UNIX; | |
| 3155 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE; | |
| 3156 break; | |
| 3157 case EOL_MAC: | |
| 3158 p = FF_MAC; | |
| 3159 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE; | |
| 3160 break; | |
| 3161 } | |
| 3162 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3163 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ff", -1, (char_u *)p, | |
| 694 | 3164 OPT_FREE | opt_flags, 0); |
| 3165 | |
| 7 | 3166 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 671 | 3167 /* This may cause the buffer to become (un)modified. */ |
| 7 | 3168 check_status(curbuf); |
| 673 | 3169 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3170 #endif |
| 3171 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 3172 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 3173 #endif | |
| 3174 } | |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 /* | |
| 3177 * Return the default fileformat from 'fileformats'. | |
| 3178 */ | |
| 3179 int | |
| 3180 default_fileformat() | |
| 3181 { | |
| 3182 switch (*p_ffs) | |
| 3183 { | |
| 3184 case 'm': return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3185 case 'd': return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3186 } | |
| 3187 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3188 } | |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 /* | |
| 3191 * Call shell. Calls mch_call_shell, with 'shellxquote' added. | |
| 3192 */ | |
| 3193 int | |
| 3194 call_shell(cmd, opt) | |
| 3195 char_u *cmd; | |
| 3196 int opt; | |
| 3197 { | |
| 3198 char_u *ncmd; | |
| 3199 int retval; | |
| 170 | 3200 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 3201 proftime_T wait_time; | |
| 3202 #endif | |
| 7 | 3203 |
| 3204 if (p_verbose > 3) | |
| 3205 { | |
| 293 | 3206 verbose_enter(); |
| 273 | 3207 smsg((char_u *)_("Calling shell to execute: \"%s\""), |
| 7 | 3208 cmd == NULL ? p_sh : cmd); |
| 3209 out_char('\n'); | |
| 3210 cursor_on(); | |
| 293 | 3211 verbose_leave(); |
| 7 | 3212 } |
| 3213 | |
| 170 | 3214 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 789 | 3215 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES) |
| 170 | 3216 prof_child_enter(&wait_time); |
| 3217 #endif | |
| 3218 | |
| 7 | 3219 if (*p_sh == NUL) |
| 3220 { | |
| 3221 EMSG(_(e_shellempty)); | |
| 3222 retval = -1; | |
| 3223 } | |
| 3224 else | |
| 3225 { | |
| 3226 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
| 3227 /* Don't hide the pointer while executing a shell command. */ | |
| 3228 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE); | |
| 3229 #endif | |
| 3230 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3231 ++hold_gui_events; | |
| 3232 #endif | |
| 3233 /* The external command may update a tags file, clear cached tags. */ | |
| 3234 tag_freematch(); | |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 if (cmd == NULL || *p_sxq == NUL) | |
| 3237 retval = mch_call_shell(cmd, opt); | |
| 3238 else | |
| 3239 { | |
| 3359 | 3240 char_u *ecmd = cmd; |
| 3241 | |
| 3242 if (*p_sxe != NUL && STRCMP(p_sxq, "(") == 0) | |
| 3243 { | |
| 3244 ecmd = vim_strsave_escaped_ext(cmd, p_sxe, '^', FALSE); | |
| 3245 if (ecmd == NULL) | |
| 3246 ecmd = cmd; | |
| 3247 } | |
| 3248 ncmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(ecmd) + STRLEN(p_sxq) * 2 + 1)); | |
| 7 | 3249 if (ncmd != NULL) |
| 3250 { | |
| 3251 STRCPY(ncmd, p_sxq); | |
| 3359 | 3252 STRCAT(ncmd, ecmd); |
| 3357 | 3253 /* When 'shellxquote' is ( append ). |
| 3254 * When 'shellxquote' is "( append )". */ | |
| 3255 STRCAT(ncmd, STRCMP(p_sxq, "(") == 0 ? (char_u *)")" | |
| 3256 : STRCMP(p_sxq, "\"(") == 0 ? (char_u *)")\"" | |
| 3257 : p_sxq); | |
| 7 | 3258 retval = mch_call_shell(ncmd, opt); |
| 3259 vim_free(ncmd); | |
| 3260 } | |
| 3261 else | |
| 3262 retval = -1; | |
| 3359 | 3263 if (ecmd != cmd) |
| 3264 vim_free(ecmd); | |
| 7 | 3265 } |
| 3266 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3267 --hold_gui_events; | |
| 3268 #endif | |
| 3269 /* | |
| 3270 * Check the window size, in case it changed while executing the | |
| 3271 * external command. | |
| 3272 */ | |
| 3273 shell_resized_check(); | |
| 3274 } | |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3277 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SHELL_ERROR, (long)retval); | |
| 170 | 3278 # ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 789 | 3279 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES) |
| 170 | 3280 prof_child_exit(&wait_time); |
| 3281 # endif | |
| 7 | 3282 #endif |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 return retval; | |
| 3285 } | |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 /* | |
| 789 | 3288 * VISUAL, SELECTMODE and OP_PENDING State are never set, they are equal to |
| 3289 * NORMAL State with a condition. This function returns the real State. | |
| 7 | 3290 */ |
| 3291 int | |
| 3292 get_real_state() | |
| 3293 { | |
| 3294 if (State & NORMAL) | |
| 3295 { | |
| 3296 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 789 | 3297 { |
| 3298 if (VIsual_select) | |
| 3299 return SELECTMODE; | |
| 7 | 3300 return VISUAL; |
| 789 | 3301 } |
| 5735 | 3302 else if (finish_op) |
| 3303 return OP_PENDING; | |
| 7 | 3304 } |
| 3305 return State; | |
| 3306 } | |
| 3307 | |
| 39 | 3308 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3309 /* | |
| 3310 * Return TRUE if "p" points to just after a path separator. | |
| 2939 | 3311 * Takes care of multi-byte characters. |
| 39 | 3312 * "b" must point to the start of the file name |
| 3313 */ | |
| 3314 int | |
| 3315 after_pathsep(b, p) | |
| 3316 char_u *b; | |
| 3317 char_u *p; | |
| 3318 { | |
| 2939 | 3319 return p > b && vim_ispathsep(p[-1]) |
| 39 | 3320 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_head_off)(b, p - 1) == 0); |
| 3321 } | |
| 3322 #endif | |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 /* | |
| 3325 * Return TRUE if file names "f1" and "f2" are in the same directory. | |
| 3326 * "f1" may be a short name, "f2" must be a full path. | |
| 3327 */ | |
| 3328 int | |
| 3329 same_directory(f1, f2) | |
| 3330 char_u *f1; | |
| 3331 char_u *f2; | |
| 3332 { | |
| 3333 char_u ffname[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 3334 char_u *t1; | |
| 3335 char_u *t2; | |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 /* safety check */ | |
| 3338 if (f1 == NULL || f2 == NULL) | |
| 3339 return FALSE; | |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 (void)vim_FullName(f1, ffname, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 3342 t1 = gettail_sep(ffname); | |
| 3343 t2 = gettail_sep(f2); | |
| 3344 return (t1 - ffname == t2 - f2 | |
| 3345 && pathcmp((char *)ffname, (char *)f2, (int)(t1 - ffname)) == 0); | |
| 3346 } | |
| 3347 | |
| 7 | 3348 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) \ |
| 574 | 3349 || ((defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)) \ |
| 11 | 3350 && ( defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_DND)) ) \ |
| 7 | 3351 || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) \ |
| 3352 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3353 /* | |
| 3354 * Change to a file's directory. | |
| 3355 * Caller must call shorten_fnames()! | |
| 3356 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 3357 */ | |
| 3358 int | |
| 3359 vim_chdirfile(fname) | |
| 3360 char_u *fname; | |
| 3361 { | |
| 39 | 3362 char_u dir[MAXPATHL]; |
| 3363 | |
| 418 | 3364 vim_strncpy(dir, fname, MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 39 | 3365 *gettail_sep(dir) = NUL; |
| 3366 return mch_chdir((char *)dir) == 0 ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 7 | 3367 } |
| 3368 #endif | |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 #if defined(STAT_IGNORES_SLASH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3371 /* | |
| 3372 * Check if "name" ends in a slash and is not a directory. | |
| 3373 * Used for systems where stat() ignores a trailing slash on a file name. | |
| 3374 * The Vim code assumes a trailing slash is only ignored for a directory. | |
| 3375 */ | |
| 3376 int | |
| 3377 illegal_slash(name) | |
| 3378 char *name; | |
| 3379 { | |
| 3380 if (name[0] == NUL) | |
| 3381 return FALSE; /* no file name is not illegal */ | |
| 3382 if (name[strlen(name) - 1] != '/') | |
| 3383 return FALSE; /* no trailing slash */ | |
| 3384 if (mch_isdir((char_u *)name)) | |
| 3385 return FALSE; /* trailing slash for a directory */ | |
| 3386 return TRUE; | |
| 3387 } | |
| 3388 #endif | |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 #if defined(CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 /* | |
| 3393 * Handling of cursor and mouse pointer shapes in various modes. | |
| 3394 */ | |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 cursorentry_T shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_COUNT] = | |
| 3397 { | |
| 3398 /* The values will be filled in from the 'guicursor' and 'mouseshape' | |
| 3399 * defaults when Vim starts. | |
| 3400 * Adjust the SHAPE_IDX_ defines when making changes! */ | |
| 3401 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "n", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3402 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "v", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3403 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "i", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3404 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "r", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3405 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "c", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3406 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ci", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3407 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "cr", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3408 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "o", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3409 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ve", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3410 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "e", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3411 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "s", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3412 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "sd", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3413 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vs", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3414 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vd", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3415 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "m", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3416 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "ml", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3417 {0, 0, 0, 100L, 100L, 100L, 0, 0, "sm", SHAPE_CURSOR}, | |
| 3418 }; | |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3421 /* | |
| 3422 * Table with names for mouse shapes. Keep in sync with all the tables for | |
| 3423 * mch_set_mouse_shape()!. | |
| 3424 */ | |
| 3425 static char * mshape_names[] = | |
| 3426 { | |
| 3427 "arrow", /* default, must be the first one */ | |
| 3428 "blank", /* hidden */ | |
| 3429 "beam", | |
| 3430 "updown", | |
| 3431 "udsizing", | |
| 3432 "leftright", | |
| 3433 "lrsizing", | |
| 3434 "busy", | |
| 3435 "no", | |
| 3436 "crosshair", | |
| 3437 "hand1", | |
| 3438 "hand2", | |
| 3439 "pencil", | |
| 3440 "question", | |
| 3441 "rightup-arrow", | |
| 3442 "up-arrow", | |
| 3443 NULL | |
| 3444 }; | |
| 3445 #endif | |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 /* | |
| 3448 * Parse the 'guicursor' option ("what" is SHAPE_CURSOR) or 'mouseshape' | |
| 3449 * ("what" is SHAPE_MOUSE). | |
| 3450 * Returns error message for an illegal option, NULL otherwise. | |
| 3451 */ | |
| 3452 char_u * | |
| 3453 parse_shape_opt(what) | |
| 3454 int what; | |
| 3455 { | |
| 3456 char_u *modep; | |
| 3457 char_u *colonp; | |
| 3458 char_u *commap; | |
| 3459 char_u *slashp; | |
| 3460 char_u *p, *endp; | |
| 3461 int idx = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 3462 int all_idx; | |
| 3463 int len; | |
| 3464 int i; | |
| 3465 long n; | |
| 3466 int found_ve = FALSE; /* found "ve" flag */ | |
| 3467 int round; | |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 /* | |
| 3470 * First round: check for errors; second round: do it for real. | |
| 3471 */ | |
| 3472 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 3473 { | |
| 3474 /* | |
| 3475 * Repeat for all comma separated parts. | |
| 3476 */ | |
| 3477 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3478 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3479 modep = p_mouseshape; | |
| 3480 else | |
| 3481 #endif | |
| 3482 modep = p_guicursor; | |
| 3483 while (*modep != NUL) | |
| 3484 { | |
| 3485 colonp = vim_strchr(modep, ':'); | |
| 3486 if (colonp == NULL) | |
| 3487 return (char_u *)N_("E545: Missing colon"); | |
| 3488 if (colonp == modep) | |
| 3489 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode"); | |
| 3490 commap = vim_strchr(modep, ','); | |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 /* | |
| 3493 * Repeat for all mode's before the colon. | |
| 3494 * For the 'a' mode, we loop to handle all the modes. | |
| 3495 */ | |
| 3496 all_idx = -1; | |
| 3497 while (modep < colonp || all_idx >= 0) | |
| 3498 { | |
| 3499 if (all_idx < 0) | |
| 3500 { | |
| 3501 /* Find the mode. */ | |
| 3502 if (modep[1] == '-' || modep[1] == ':') | |
| 3503 len = 1; | |
| 3504 else | |
| 3505 len = 2; | |
| 3506 if (len == 1 && TOLOWER_ASC(modep[0]) == 'a') | |
| 3507 all_idx = SHAPE_IDX_COUNT - 1; | |
| 3508 else | |
| 3509 { | |
| 3510 for (idx = 0; idx < SHAPE_IDX_COUNT; ++idx) | |
| 3511 if (STRNICMP(modep, shape_table[idx].name, len) | |
| 3512 == 0) | |
| 3513 break; | |
| 3514 if (idx == SHAPE_IDX_COUNT | |
| 3515 || (shape_table[idx].used_for & what) == 0) | |
| 3516 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode"); | |
| 3517 if (len == 2 && modep[0] == 'v' && modep[1] == 'e') | |
| 3518 found_ve = TRUE; | |
| 3519 } | |
| 3520 modep += len + 1; | |
| 3521 } | |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 if (all_idx >= 0) | |
| 3524 idx = all_idx--; | |
| 3525 else if (round == 2) | |
| 3526 { | |
| 3527 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3528 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3529 { | |
| 3530 /* Set the default, for the missing parts */ | |
| 3531 shape_table[idx].mshape = 0; | |
| 3532 } | |
| 3533 else | |
| 3534 #endif | |
| 3535 { | |
| 3536 /* Set the defaults, for the missing parts */ | |
| 3537 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK; | |
| 3538 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = 700L; | |
| 3539 shape_table[idx].blinkon = 400L; | |
| 3540 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = 250L; | |
| 3541 } | |
| 3542 } | |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 /* Parse the part after the colon */ | |
| 3545 for (p = colonp + 1; *p && *p != ','; ) | |
| 3546 { | |
| 3547 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3548 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3549 { | |
| 3550 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
| 3551 { | |
| 3552 if (mshape_names[i] == NULL) | |
| 3553 { | |
| 3554 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
| 3555 return (char_u *)N_("E547: Illegal mouseshape"); | |
| 3556 if (round == 2) | |
| 3557 shape_table[idx].mshape = | |
| 3558 getdigits(&p) + MSHAPE_NUMBERED; | |
| 3559 else | |
| 3560 (void)getdigits(&p); | |
| 3561 break; | |
| 3562 } | |
| 3563 len = (int)STRLEN(mshape_names[i]); | |
| 3564 if (STRNICMP(p, mshape_names[i], len) == 0) | |
| 3565 { | |
| 3566 if (round == 2) | |
| 3567 shape_table[idx].mshape = i; | |
| 3568 p += len; | |
| 3569 break; | |
| 3570 } | |
| 3571 } | |
| 3572 } | |
| 3573 else /* if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) */ | |
| 3574 #endif | |
| 3575 { | |
| 3576 /* | |
| 3577 * First handle the ones with a number argument. | |
| 3578 */ | |
| 3579 i = *p; | |
| 3580 len = 0; | |
| 3581 if (STRNICMP(p, "ver", 3) == 0) | |
| 3582 len = 3; | |
| 3583 else if (STRNICMP(p, "hor", 3) == 0) | |
| 3584 len = 3; | |
| 3585 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkwait", 9) == 0) | |
| 3586 len = 9; | |
| 3587 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkon", 7) == 0) | |
| 3588 len = 7; | |
| 3589 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkoff", 8) == 0) | |
| 3590 len = 8; | |
| 3591 if (len != 0) | |
| 3592 { | |
| 3593 p += len; | |
| 3594 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
| 3595 return (char_u *)N_("E548: digit expected"); | |
| 3596 n = getdigits(&p); | |
| 3597 if (len == 3) /* "ver" or "hor" */ | |
| 3598 { | |
| 3599 if (n == 0) | |
| 3600 return (char_u *)N_("E549: Illegal percentage"); | |
| 3601 if (round == 2) | |
| 3602 { | |
| 3603 if (TOLOWER_ASC(i) == 'v') | |
| 3604 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_VER; | |
| 3605 else | |
| 3606 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_HOR; | |
| 3607 shape_table[idx].percentage = n; | |
| 3608 } | |
| 3609 } | |
| 3610 else if (round == 2) | |
| 3611 { | |
| 3612 if (len == 9) | |
| 3613 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = n; | |
| 3614 else if (len == 7) | |
| 3615 shape_table[idx].blinkon = n; | |
| 3616 else | |
| 3617 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = n; | |
| 3618 } | |
| 3619 } | |
| 3620 else if (STRNICMP(p, "block", 5) == 0) | |
| 3621 { | |
| 3622 if (round == 2) | |
| 3623 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK; | |
| 3624 p += 5; | |
| 3625 } | |
| 3626 else /* must be a highlight group name then */ | |
| 3627 { | |
| 3628 endp = vim_strchr(p, '-'); | |
| 3629 if (commap == NULL) /* last part */ | |
| 3630 { | |
| 3631 if (endp == NULL) | |
| 3632 endp = p + STRLEN(p); /* find end of part */ | |
| 3633 } | |
| 3634 else if (endp > commap || endp == NULL) | |
| 3635 endp = commap; | |
| 3636 slashp = vim_strchr(p, '/'); | |
| 3637 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp) | |
| 3638 { | |
| 3639 /* "group/langmap_group" */ | |
| 3640 i = syn_check_group(p, (int)(slashp - p)); | |
| 3641 p = slashp + 1; | |
| 3642 } | |
| 3643 if (round == 2) | |
| 3644 { | |
| 3645 shape_table[idx].id = syn_check_group(p, | |
| 3646 (int)(endp - p)); | |
| 3647 shape_table[idx].id_lm = shape_table[idx].id; | |
| 3648 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp) | |
| 3649 shape_table[idx].id = i; | |
| 3650 } | |
| 3651 p = endp; | |
| 3652 } | |
| 3653 } /* if (what != SHAPE_MOUSE) */ | |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 if (*p == '-') | |
| 3656 ++p; | |
| 3657 } | |
| 3658 } | |
| 3659 modep = p; | |
| 3660 if (*modep == ',') | |
| 3661 ++modep; | |
| 3662 } | |
| 3663 } | |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 /* If the 's' flag is not given, use the 'v' cursor for 's' */ | |
| 3666 if (!found_ve) | |
| 3667 { | |
| 3668 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3669 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3670 { | |
| 3671 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].mshape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].mshape; | |
| 3672 } | |
| 3673 else | |
| 3674 #endif | |
| 3675 { | |
| 3676 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].shape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].shape; | |
| 3677 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].percentage = | |
| 3678 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].percentage; | |
| 3679 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkwait = | |
| 3680 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkwait; | |
| 3681 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkon = | |
| 3682 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkon; | |
| 3683 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkoff = | |
| 3684 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkoff; | |
| 3685 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id; | |
| 3686 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id_lm = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id_lm; | |
| 3687 } | |
| 3688 } | |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 return NULL; | |
| 3691 } | |
| 3692 | |
| 500 | 3693 # if defined(MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \ |
| 3694 || defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 3695 /* |
| 3696 * Return the index into shape_table[] for the current mode. | |
| 3697 * When "mouse" is TRUE, consider indexes valid for the mouse pointer. | |
| 3698 */ | |
| 3699 int | |
| 3700 get_shape_idx(mouse) | |
| 3701 int mouse; | |
| 3702 { | |
| 3703 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3704 if (mouse && (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE)) | |
| 3705 { | |
| 3706 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 87 | 3707 int x, y; |
| 3708 gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y); | |
| 3709 if (Y_2_ROW(y) == Rows - 1) | |
| 7 | 3710 return SHAPE_IDX_MOREL; |
| 3711 # endif | |
| 3712 return SHAPE_IDX_MORE; | |
| 3713 } | |
| 3714 if (mouse && drag_status_line) | |
| 3715 return SHAPE_IDX_SDRAG; | |
| 3716 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 3717 if (mouse && drag_sep_line) | |
| 3718 return SHAPE_IDX_VDRAG; | |
| 3719 # endif | |
| 3720 #endif | |
| 3721 if (!mouse && State == SHOWMATCH) | |
| 3722 return SHAPE_IDX_SM; | |
| 3723 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 3724 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 3725 return SHAPE_IDX_R; | |
| 3726 #endif | |
| 3727 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 3728 return SHAPE_IDX_R; | |
| 3729 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 3730 return SHAPE_IDX_I; | |
| 3731 if (State & CMDLINE) | |
| 3732 { | |
| 3733 if (cmdline_at_end()) | |
| 3734 return SHAPE_IDX_C; | |
| 3735 if (cmdline_overstrike()) | |
| 3736 return SHAPE_IDX_CR; | |
| 3737 return SHAPE_IDX_CI; | |
| 3738 } | |
| 3739 if (finish_op) | |
| 3740 return SHAPE_IDX_O; | |
| 3741 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 3742 { | |
| 3743 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 3744 return SHAPE_IDX_VE; | |
| 3745 else | |
| 3746 return SHAPE_IDX_V; | |
| 3747 } | |
| 3748 return SHAPE_IDX_N; | |
| 3749 } | |
| 500 | 3750 #endif |
| 7 | 3751 |
| 3752 # if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3753 static int old_mouse_shape = 0; | |
| 3754 | |
| 3755 /* | |
| 3756 * Set the mouse shape: | |
| 3757 * If "shape" is -1, use shape depending on the current mode, | |
| 3758 * depending on the current state. | |
| 3759 * If "shape" is -2, only update the shape when it's CLINE or STATUS (used | |
| 3760 * when the mouse moves off the status or command line). | |
| 3761 */ | |
| 3762 void | |
| 3763 update_mouseshape(shape_idx) | |
| 3764 int shape_idx; | |
| 3765 { | |
| 3766 int new_mouse_shape; | |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 /* Only works in GUI mode. */ | |
| 227 | 3769 if (!gui.in_use || gui.starting) |
| 7 | 3770 return; |
| 3771 | |
| 3772 /* Postpone the updating when more is to come. Speeds up executing of | |
| 3773 * mappings. */ | |
| 3774 if (shape_idx == -1 && char_avail()) | |
| 3775 { | |
| 3776 postponed_mouseshape = TRUE; | |
| 3777 return; | |
| 3778 } | |
| 3779 | |
| 864 | 3780 /* When ignoring the mouse don't change shape on the statusline. */ |
| 3781 if (*p_mouse == NUL | |
| 3782 && (shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_CLINE | |
| 3783 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_STATUS | |
| 3784 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_VSEP)) | |
| 3785 shape_idx = -2; | |
| 3786 | |
| 7 | 3787 if (shape_idx == -2 |
| 3788 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_CLINE].mshape | |
| 3789 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_STATUS].mshape | |
| 3790 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VSEP].mshape) | |
| 3791 return; | |
| 3792 if (shape_idx < 0) | |
| 3793 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[get_shape_idx(TRUE)].mshape; | |
| 3794 else | |
| 3795 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[shape_idx].mshape; | |
| 3796 if (new_mouse_shape != old_mouse_shape) | |
| 3797 { | |
| 3798 mch_set_mouse_shape(new_mouse_shape); | |
| 3799 old_mouse_shape = new_mouse_shape; | |
| 3800 } | |
| 3801 postponed_mouseshape = FALSE; | |
| 3802 } | |
| 3803 # endif | |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 #endif /* CURSOR_SHAPE */ | |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 /* TODO: make some #ifdef for this */ | |
| 3809 /*--------[ file searching ]-------------------------------------------------*/ | |
| 3810 /* | |
| 3811 * File searching functions for 'path', 'tags' and 'cdpath' options. | |
| 3812 * External visible functions: | |
| 3813 * vim_findfile_init() creates/initialises the search context | |
| 3814 * vim_findfile_free_visited() free list of visited files/dirs of search | |
| 3815 * context | |
| 3816 * vim_findfile() find a file in the search context | |
| 3817 * vim_findfile_cleanup() cleanup/free search context created by | |
| 3818 * vim_findfile_init() | |
| 3819 * | |
| 3820 * All static functions and variables start with 'ff_' | |
| 3821 * | |
| 3822 * In general it works like this: | |
| 3823 * First you create yourself a search context by calling vim_findfile_init(). | |
| 3824 * It is possible to give a search context from a previous call to | |
| 3825 * vim_findfile_init(), so it can be reused. After this you call vim_findfile() | |
| 3826 * until you are satisfied with the result or it returns NULL. On every call it | |
| 3827 * returns the next file which matches the conditions given to | |
| 3828 * vim_findfile_init(). If it doesn't find a next file it returns NULL. | |
| 3829 * | |
| 3830 * It is possible to call vim_findfile_init() again to reinitialise your search | |
| 3831 * with some new parameters. Don't forget to pass your old search context to | |
| 3832 * it, so it can reuse it and especially reuse the list of already visited | |
| 3833 * directories. If you want to delete the list of already visited directories | |
| 3834 * simply call vim_findfile_free_visited(). | |
| 3835 * | |
| 3836 * When you are done call vim_findfile_cleanup() to free the search context. | |
| 3837 * | |
| 3838 * The function vim_findfile_init() has a long comment, which describes the | |
| 3839 * needed parameters. | |
| 3840 * | |
| 3841 * | |
| 3842 * | |
| 3843 * ATTENTION: | |
| 3844 * ========== | |
| 1072 | 3845 * Also we use an allocated search context here, this functions are NOT |
| 7 | 3846 * thread-safe!!!!! |
| 3847 * | |
| 3848 * To minimize parameter passing (or because I'm to lazy), only the | |
| 3849 * external visible functions get a search context as a parameter. This is | |
| 3850 * then assigned to a static global, which is used throughout the local | |
| 3851 * functions. | |
| 3852 */ | |
| 3853 | |
| 3854 /* | |
| 3855 * type for the directory search stack | |
| 3856 */ | |
| 3857 typedef struct ff_stack | |
| 3858 { | |
| 3859 struct ff_stack *ffs_prev; | |
| 3860 | |
| 3861 /* the fix part (no wildcards) and the part containing the wildcards | |
| 3862 * of the search path | |
| 3863 */ | |
| 3864 char_u *ffs_fix_path; | |
| 3865 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 3866 char_u *ffs_wc_path; | |
| 3867 #endif | |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 /* files/dirs found in the above directory, matched by the first wildcard | |
| 3870 * of wc_part | |
| 3871 */ | |
| 3872 char_u **ffs_filearray; | |
| 3873 int ffs_filearray_size; | |
| 3874 char_u ffs_filearray_cur; /* needed for partly handled dirs */ | |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 /* to store status of partly handled directories | |
| 1541 | 3877 * 0: we work on this directory for the first time |
| 7 | 3878 * 1: this directory was partly searched in an earlier step |
| 1541 | 3879 */ |
| 7 | 3880 int ffs_stage; |
| 3881 | |
| 3882 /* How deep are we in the directory tree? | |
| 3883 * Counts backward from value of level parameter to vim_findfile_init | |
| 3884 */ | |
| 3885 int ffs_level; | |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 /* Did we already expand '**' to an empty string? */ | |
| 3888 int ffs_star_star_empty; | |
| 3889 } ff_stack_T; | |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 /* | |
| 3892 * type for already visited directories or files. | |
| 3893 */ | |
| 3894 typedef struct ff_visited | |
| 3895 { | |
| 3896 struct ff_visited *ffv_next; | |
| 3897 | |
| 3898 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 3899 /* Visited directories are different if the wildcard string are | |
| 3900 * different. So we have to save it. | |
| 3901 */ | |
| 3902 char_u *ffv_wc_path; | |
| 3903 #endif | |
| 3904 /* for unix use inode etc for comparison (needed because of links), else | |
| 3905 * use filename. | |
| 3906 */ | |
| 3907 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1881 | 3908 int ffv_dev_valid; /* ffv_dev and ffv_ino were set */ |
| 3909 dev_t ffv_dev; /* device number */ | |
| 7 | 3910 ino_t ffv_ino; /* inode number */ |
| 3911 #endif | |
| 3912 /* The memory for this struct is allocated according to the length of | |
| 3913 * ffv_fname. | |
| 3914 */ | |
| 3915 char_u ffv_fname[1]; /* actually longer */ | |
| 3916 } ff_visited_T; | |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 /* | |
| 3919 * We might have to manage several visited lists during a search. | |
| 1209 | 3920 * This is especially needed for the tags option. If tags is set to: |
| 7 | 3921 * "./++/tags,./++/TAGS,++/tags" (replace + with *) |
| 3922 * So we have to do 3 searches: | |
| 3923 * 1) search from the current files directory downward for the file "tags" | |
| 3924 * 2) search from the current files directory downward for the file "TAGS" | |
| 3925 * 3) search from Vims current directory downwards for the file "tags" | |
| 3926 * As you can see, the first and the third search are for the same file, so for | |
| 3927 * the third search we can use the visited list of the first search. For the | |
| 3928 * second search we must start from a empty visited list. | |
| 3929 * The struct ff_visited_list_hdr is used to manage a linked list of already | |
| 3930 * visited lists. | |
| 3931 */ | |
| 3932 typedef struct ff_visited_list_hdr | |
| 3933 { | |
| 3934 struct ff_visited_list_hdr *ffvl_next; | |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 /* the filename the attached visited list is for */ | |
| 3937 char_u *ffvl_filename; | |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 ff_visited_T *ffvl_visited_list; | |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 } ff_visited_list_hdr_T; | |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 | |
| 3944 /* | |
| 3945 * '**' can be expanded to several directory levels. | |
| 1209 | 3946 * Set the default maximum depth. |
| 7 | 3947 */ |
| 3948 #define FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND ((char_u)30) | |
| 1541 | 3949 |
| 7 | 3950 /* |
| 3951 * The search context: | |
| 3952 * ffsc_stack_ptr: the stack for the dirs to search | |
| 3953 * ffsc_visited_list: the currently active visited list | |
| 3954 * ffsc_dir_visited_list: the currently active visited list for search dirs | |
| 3955 * ffsc_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists | |
| 3956 * ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists for search dirs | |
| 3957 * ffsc_file_to_search: the file to search for | |
| 3958 * ffsc_start_dir: the starting directory, if search path was relative | |
| 3959 * ffsc_fix_path: the fix part of the given path (without wildcards) | |
| 3960 * Needed for upward search. | |
| 3961 * ffsc_wc_path: the part of the given path containing wildcards | |
| 3962 * ffsc_level: how many levels of dirs to search downwards | |
| 3963 * ffsc_stopdirs_v: array of stop directories for upward search | |
| 1541 | 3964 * ffsc_find_what: FINDFILE_BOTH, FINDFILE_DIR or FINDFILE_FILE |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
3965 * ffsc_tagfile: searching for tags file, don't use 'suffixesadd' |
| 7 | 3966 */ |
| 3967 typedef struct ff_search_ctx_T | |
| 3968 { | |
| 3969 ff_stack_T *ffsc_stack_ptr; | |
| 3970 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_list; | |
| 3971 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_list; | |
| 3972 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_lists_list; | |
| 3973 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list; | |
| 3974 char_u *ffsc_file_to_search; | |
| 3975 char_u *ffsc_start_dir; | |
| 3976 char_u *ffsc_fix_path; | |
| 3977 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 3978 char_u *ffsc_wc_path; | |
| 3979 int ffsc_level; | |
| 3980 char_u **ffsc_stopdirs_v; | |
| 3981 #endif | |
| 1541 | 3982 int ffsc_find_what; |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
3983 int ffsc_tagfile; |
| 359 | 3984 } ff_search_ctx_T; |
| 3985 | |
| 7 | 3986 /* locally needed functions */ |
| 3987 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 3988 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *, char_u *)); | |
| 3989 #else | |
| 3990 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *)); | |
| 3991 #endif | |
| 3992 static void vim_findfile_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp)); | |
| 3993 static void ff_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_T *vl)); | |
| 3994 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* ff_get_visited_list __ARGS((char_u *, ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp)); | |
| 3995 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 3996 static int ff_wc_equal __ARGS((char_u *s1, char_u *s2)); | |
| 3997 #endif | |
| 3998 | |
| 1541 | 3999 static void ff_push __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx, ff_stack_T *stack_ptr)); |
| 4000 static ff_stack_T *ff_pop __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx)); | |
| 4001 static void ff_clear __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx)); | |
| 4002 static void ff_free_stack_element __ARGS((ff_stack_T *stack_ptr)); | |
| 7 | 4003 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 4004 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 4005 #else | |
| 4006 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 4007 #endif | |
| 4008 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4009 static int ff_path_in_stoplist __ARGS((char_u *, int, char_u **)); | |
| 4010 #endif | |
| 4011 | |
| 3202 | 4012 static char_u e_pathtoolong[] = N_("E854: path too long for completion"); |
| 4013 | |
| 7 | 4014 #if 0 |
| 4015 /* | |
| 4016 * if someone likes findfirst/findnext, here are the functions | |
| 4017 * NOT TESTED!! | |
| 4018 */ | |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 static void *ff_fn_search_context = NULL; | |
| 4021 | |
| 4022 char_u * | |
| 4023 vim_findfirst(path, filename, level) | |
| 4024 char_u *path; | |
| 4025 char_u *filename; | |
| 4026 int level; | |
| 4027 { | |
| 4028 ff_fn_search_context = | |
| 4029 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, NULL, level, TRUE, FALSE, | |
| 4030 ff_fn_search_context, rel_fname); | |
| 4031 if (NULL == ff_fn_search_context) | |
| 4032 return NULL; | |
| 4033 else | |
| 4034 return vim_findnext() | |
| 4035 } | |
| 4036 | |
| 4037 char_u * | |
| 4038 vim_findnext() | |
| 4039 { | |
| 4040 char_u *ret = vim_findfile(ff_fn_search_context); | |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 if (NULL == ret) | |
| 4043 { | |
| 4044 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_fn_search_context); | |
| 4045 ff_fn_search_context = NULL; | |
| 4046 } | |
| 4047 return ret; | |
| 4048 } | |
| 4049 #endif | |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 /* | |
|
2522
d7ecfc8b784c
Update help about wildcards in 'tags' option.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2521
diff
changeset
|
4052 * Initialization routine for vim_findfile(). |
| 7 | 4053 * |
|
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4054 * Returns the newly allocated search context or NULL if an error occurred. |
| 7 | 4055 * |
| 4056 * Don't forget to clean up by calling vim_findfile_cleanup() if you are done | |
| 4057 * with the search context. | |
| 4058 * | |
| 4059 * Find the file 'filename' in the directory 'path'. | |
| 4060 * The parameter 'path' may contain wildcards. If so only search 'level' | |
| 4061 * directories deep. The parameter 'level' is the absolute maximum and is | |
| 4062 * not related to restricts given to the '**' wildcard. If 'level' is 100 | |
| 4063 * and you use '**200' vim_findfile() will stop after 100 levels. | |
| 4064 * | |
| 1541 | 4065 * 'filename' cannot contain wildcards! It is used as-is, no backslashes to |
| 4066 * escape special characters. | |
| 4067 * | |
| 7 | 4068 * If 'stopdirs' is not NULL and nothing is found downward, the search is |
| 4069 * restarted on the next higher directory level. This is repeated until the | |
| 4070 * start-directory of a search is contained in 'stopdirs'. 'stopdirs' has the | |
| 4071 * format ";*<dirname>*\(;<dirname>\)*;\=$". | |
| 4072 * | |
| 4073 * If the 'path' is relative, the starting dir for the search is either VIM's | |
| 4074 * current dir or if the path starts with "./" the current files dir. | |
|
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4075 * If the 'path' is absolute, the starting dir is that part of the path before |
| 7 | 4076 * the first wildcard. |
| 4077 * | |
| 4078 * Upward search is only done on the starting dir. | |
| 4079 * | |
| 4080 * If 'free_visited' is TRUE the list of already visited files/directories is | |
| 4081 * cleared. Set this to FALSE if you just want to search from another | |
| 4082 * directory, but want to be sure that no directory from a previous search is | |
| 4083 * searched again. This is useful if you search for a file at different places. | |
| 4084 * The list of visited files/dirs can also be cleared with the function | |
| 4085 * vim_findfile_free_visited(). | |
| 4086 * | |
| 1541 | 4087 * Set the parameter 'find_what' to FINDFILE_DIR if you want to search for |
| 4088 * directories only, FINDFILE_FILE for files only, FINDFILE_BOTH for both. | |
| 7 | 4089 * |
| 4090 * A search context returned by a previous call to vim_findfile_init() can be | |
| 1541 | 4091 * passed in the parameter "search_ctx_arg". This context is reused and |
| 4092 * reinitialized with the new parameters. The list of already visited | |
| 7 | 4093 * directories from this context is only deleted if the parameter |
| 1541 | 4094 * "free_visited" is true. Be aware that the passed "search_ctx_arg" is freed |
| 4095 * if the reinitialization fails. | |
| 7 | 4096 * |
| 1541 | 4097 * If you don't have a search context from a previous call "search_ctx_arg" |
| 4098 * must be NULL. | |
| 7 | 4099 * |
| 4100 * This function silently ignores a few errors, vim_findfile() will have | |
| 4101 * limited functionality then. | |
| 4102 */ | |
| 4103 void * | |
| 1541 | 4104 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, stopdirs, level, free_visited, find_what, |
| 4105 search_ctx_arg, tagfile, rel_fname) | |
| 7 | 4106 char_u *path; |
| 4107 char_u *filename; | |
| 1881 | 4108 char_u *stopdirs UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4109 int level; |
| 4110 int free_visited; | |
| 1541 | 4111 int find_what; |
| 4112 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4113 int tagfile; /* expanding names of tags files */ |
| 7 | 4114 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name to use for "." */ |
| 4115 { | |
| 4116 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4117 char_u *wc_part; |
| 4118 #endif | |
| 4119 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 4120 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 4121 |
| 4122 /* If a search context is given by the caller, reuse it, else allocate a | |
| 4123 * new one. | |
| 4124 */ | |
| 1541 | 4125 if (search_ctx_arg != NULL) |
| 4126 search_ctx = search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 4127 else |
| 4128 { | |
| 1541 | 4129 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T)); |
| 4130 if (search_ctx == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4131 goto error_return; |
|
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2211
diff
changeset
|
4132 vim_memset(search_ctx, 0, sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T)); |
| 7 | 4133 } |
| 1541 | 4134 search_ctx->ffsc_find_what = find_what; |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4135 search_ctx->ffsc_tagfile = tagfile; |
| 7 | 4136 |
| 4137 /* clear the search context, but NOT the visited lists */ | |
| 1541 | 4138 ff_clear(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4139 |
| 4140 /* clear visited list if wanted */ | |
| 4141 if (free_visited == TRUE) | |
| 1541 | 4142 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4143 else |
| 4144 { | |
| 4145 /* Reuse old visited lists. Get the visited list for the given | |
| 4146 * filename. If no list for the current filename exists, creates a new | |
| 1541 | 4147 * one. */ |
| 4148 search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename, | |
| 4149 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list); | |
| 4150 if (search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4151 goto error_return; |
| 1541 | 4152 search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename, |
| 4153 &search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list); | |
| 4154 if (search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4155 goto error_return; |
| 4156 } | |
| 4157 | |
| 4158 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL) | |
| 4159 { | |
| 4160 ff_expand_buffer = (char_u*)alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 4161 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL) | |
| 4162 goto error_return; | |
| 4163 } | |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 /* Store information on starting dir now if path is relative. | |
| 20 | 4166 * If path is absolute, we do that later. */ |
| 7 | 4167 if (path[0] == '.' |
| 4168 && (vim_ispathsep(path[1]) || path[1] == NUL) | |
| 4169 && (!tagfile || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOTTAG) == NULL) | |
| 4170 && rel_fname != NULL) | |
| 4171 { | |
| 4172 int len = (int)(gettail(rel_fname) - rel_fname); | |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 if (!vim_isAbsName(rel_fname) && len + 1 < MAXPATHL) | |
| 4175 { | |
| 4176 /* Make the start dir an absolute path name. */ | |
| 418 | 4177 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, rel_fname, len); |
| 1541 | 4178 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = FullName_save(ff_expand_buffer, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4179 } |
| 4180 else | |
| 1541 | 4181 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strnsave(rel_fname, len); |
| 4182 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4183 goto error_return; |
| 4184 if (*++path != NUL) | |
| 4185 ++path; | |
| 4186 } | |
| 4187 else if (*path == NUL || !vim_isAbsName(path)) | |
| 4188 { | |
| 4189 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4190 /* "c:dir" needs "c:" to be expanded, otherwise use current dir */ | |
| 4191 if (*path != NUL && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4192 { | |
| 4193 char_u drive[3]; | |
| 4194 | |
| 4195 drive[0] = path[0]; | |
| 4196 drive[1] = ':'; | |
| 4197 drive[2] = NUL; | |
| 4198 if (vim_FullName(drive, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
| 4199 goto error_return; | |
| 4200 path += 2; | |
| 4201 } | |
| 4202 else | |
| 4203 #endif | |
| 4204 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) == FAIL) | |
| 4205 goto error_return; | |
| 4206 | |
| 1541 | 4207 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 4208 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4209 goto error_return; |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4212 /* A path that starts with "/dir" is relative to the drive, not to the | |
| 4213 * directory (but not for "//machine/dir"). Only use the drive name. */ | |
| 4214 if ((*path == '/' || *path == '\\') | |
| 4215 && path[1] != path[0] | |
| 1541 | 4216 && search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[1] == ':') |
| 4217 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[2] = NUL; | |
| 7 | 4218 #endif |
| 4219 } | |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4222 /* | |
| 4223 * If stopdirs are given, split them into an array of pointers. | |
| 4224 * If this fails (mem allocation), there is no upward search at all or a | |
| 4225 * stop directory is not recognized -> continue silently. | |
| 4226 * If stopdirs just contains a ";" or is empty, | |
| 1541 | 4227 * search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v will only contain a NULL pointer. This |
| 7 | 4228 * is handled as unlimited upward search. See function |
| 4229 * ff_path_in_stoplist() for details. | |
| 4230 */ | |
| 4231 if (stopdirs != NULL) | |
| 4232 { | |
| 4233 char_u *walker = stopdirs; | |
| 4234 int dircount; | |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 while (*walker == ';') | |
| 4237 walker++; | |
| 4238 | |
| 4239 dircount = 1; | |
| 1541 | 4240 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = |
| 4241 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL) | |
| 7 | 4244 { |
| 4245 do | |
| 4246 { | |
| 4247 char_u *helper; | |
| 4248 void *ptr; | |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 helper = walker; | |
| 1541 | 4251 ptr = vim_realloc(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v, |
| 7 | 4252 (dircount + 1) * sizeof(char_u *)); |
| 4253 if (ptr) | |
| 1541 | 4254 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = ptr; |
| 7 | 4255 else |
| 4256 /* ignore, keep what we have and continue */ | |
| 4257 break; | |
| 4258 walker = vim_strchr(walker, ';'); | |
| 4259 if (walker) | |
| 4260 { | |
| 1541 | 4261 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = |
| 4262 vim_strnsave(helper, (int)(walker - helper)); | |
| 7 | 4263 walker++; |
| 4264 } | |
| 4265 else | |
| 4266 /* this might be "", which means ascent till top | |
| 4267 * of directory tree. | |
| 4268 */ | |
| 1541 | 4269 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = |
| 4270 vim_strsave(helper); | |
| 7 | 4271 |
| 4272 dircount++; | |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 } while (walker != NULL); | |
| 1541 | 4275 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = NULL; |
| 7 | 4276 } |
| 4277 } | |
| 4278 #endif | |
| 4279 | |
| 4280 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4281 search_ctx->ffsc_level = level; |
| 7 | 4282 |
| 4283 /* split into: | |
| 4284 * -fix path | |
| 4285 * -wildcard_stuff (might be NULL) | |
| 4286 */ | |
| 4287 wc_part = vim_strchr(path, '*'); | |
| 4288 if (wc_part != NULL) | |
| 4289 { | |
| 4290 int llevel; | |
| 4291 int len; | |
| 29 | 4292 char *errpt; |
| 7 | 4293 |
| 4294 /* save the fix part of the path */ | |
| 1541 | 4295 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strnsave(path, (int)(wc_part - path)); |
| 7 | 4296 |
| 4297 /* | |
| 4298 * copy wc_path and add restricts to the '**' wildcard. | |
| 1209 | 4299 * The octet after a '**' is used as a (binary) counter. |
| 7 | 4300 * So '**3' is transposed to '**^C' ('^C' is ASCII value 3) |
| 4301 * or '**76' is transposed to '**N'( 'N' is ASCII value 76). | |
| 4302 * For EBCDIC you get different character values. | |
| 4303 * If no restrict is given after '**' the default is used. | |
| 1993 | 4304 * Due to this technique the path looks awful if you print it as a |
| 7 | 4305 * string. |
| 4306 */ | |
| 4307 len = 0; | |
| 4308 while (*wc_part != NUL) | |
| 4309 { | |
| 3202 | 4310 if (len + 5 >= MAXPATHL) |
| 4311 { | |
| 4312 EMSG(_(e_pathtoolong)); | |
| 4313 break; | |
| 4314 } | |
| 7 | 4315 if (STRNCMP(wc_part, "**", 2) == 0) |
| 4316 { | |
| 4317 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4318 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4319 | |
| 29 | 4320 llevel = strtol((char *)wc_part, &errpt, 10); |
| 4321 if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel > 0 && llevel < 255) | |
| 7 | 4322 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = llevel; |
| 29 | 4323 else if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel == 0) |
| 7 | 4324 /* restrict is 0 -> remove already added '**' */ |
| 4325 len -= 2; | |
| 4326 else | |
| 4327 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND; | |
| 29 | 4328 wc_part = (char_u *)errpt; |
| 461 | 4329 if (*wc_part != NUL && !vim_ispathsep(*wc_part)) |
| 7 | 4330 { |
| 4331 EMSG2(_("E343: Invalid path: '**[number]' must be at the end of the path or be followed by '%s'."), PATHSEPSTR); | |
| 4332 goto error_return; | |
| 4333 } | |
| 4334 } | |
| 4335 else | |
| 4336 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4337 } | |
| 4338 ff_expand_buffer[len] = NUL; | |
| 1541 | 4339 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 if (search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4342 goto error_return; |
| 4343 } | |
| 4344 else | |
| 4345 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4346 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strsave(path); |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4349 { |
| 4350 /* store the fix part as startdir. | |
| 4351 * This is needed if the parameter path is fully qualified. | |
| 4352 */ | |
| 1541 | 4353 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
2445
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4354 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) |
|
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4355 goto error_return; |
|
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4356 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path[0] = NUL; |
| 7 | 4357 } |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 /* create an absolute path */ | |
| 3202 | 4360 if (STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir) |
| 4361 + STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) + 3 >= MAXPATHL) | |
| 4362 { | |
| 4363 EMSG(_(e_pathtoolong)); | |
| 4364 goto error_return; | |
| 4365 } | |
| 1541 | 4366 STRCPY(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 4367 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4368 { |
|
5124
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4369 int eb_len = (int)STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer); |
|
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4370 char_u *buf = alloc(eb_len |
|
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4371 + (int)STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) + 1); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4372 |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4373 STRCPY(buf, ff_expand_buffer); |
|
5110
dafd77a15d44
updated for version 7.3.1298
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5108
diff
changeset
|
4374 STRCPY(buf + eb_len, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4375 if (mch_isdir(buf)) |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4376 { |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4377 STRCAT(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4378 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4379 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4380 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4381 else |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4382 { |
|
5116
6cabac58f26f
updated for version 7.3.1301
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5110
diff
changeset
|
4383 char_u *p = gettail(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
| 5571 | 4384 char_u *wc_path = NULL; |
| 4385 char_u *temp = NULL; | |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4386 int len = 0; |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4387 |
|
5116
6cabac58f26f
updated for version 7.3.1301
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5110
diff
changeset
|
4388 if (p > search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4389 { |
|
5124
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4390 len = (int)(p - search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) - 1; |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4391 STRNCAT(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path, len); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4392 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4393 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4394 else |
|
5124
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4395 len = (int)STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4396 |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4397 if (search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path != NULL) |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4398 { |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4399 wc_path = vim_strsave(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
|
5124
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4400 temp = alloc((int)(STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path) |
|
5151
d0288faf3086
updated for version 7.4a.002
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5124
diff
changeset
|
4401 + STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path + len) |
|
d0288faf3086
updated for version 7.4a.002
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5124
diff
changeset
|
4402 + 1)); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4403 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4404 |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4405 if (temp == NULL || wc_path == NULL) |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4406 { |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4407 vim_free(buf); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4408 vim_free(temp); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4409 vim_free(wc_path); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4410 goto error_return; |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4411 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4412 |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4413 STRCPY(temp, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path + len); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4414 STRCAT(temp, search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4415 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4416 vim_free(wc_path); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4417 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = temp; |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4418 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4419 #endif |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4420 vim_free(buf); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4421 } |
| 7 | 4422 |
| 4423 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(ff_expand_buffer, | |
| 4424 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4425 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, |
| 7 | 4426 #endif |
| 4427 level, 0); | |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 if (sptr == NULL) | |
| 4430 goto error_return; | |
| 4431 | |
| 1541 | 4432 ff_push(search_ctx, sptr); |
| 4433 | |
| 4434 search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = vim_strsave(filename); | |
| 4435 if (search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4436 goto error_return; |
| 4437 | |
| 1541 | 4438 return search_ctx; |
| 7 | 4439 |
| 4440 error_return: | |
| 4441 /* | |
| 4442 * We clear the search context now! | |
| 4443 * Even when the caller gave us a (perhaps valid) context we free it here, | |
| 4444 * as we might have already destroyed it. | |
| 4445 */ | |
| 1541 | 4446 vim_findfile_cleanup(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4447 return NULL; |
| 4448 } | |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 #if defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4451 /* | |
| 4452 * Get the stopdir string. Check that ';' is not escaped. | |
| 4453 */ | |
| 4454 char_u * | |
| 4455 vim_findfile_stopdir(buf) | |
| 4456 char_u *buf; | |
| 4457 { | |
| 4458 char_u *r_ptr = buf; | |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 while (*r_ptr != NUL && *r_ptr != ';') | |
| 4461 { | |
| 4462 if (r_ptr[0] == '\\' && r_ptr[1] == ';') | |
| 4463 { | |
| 2984 | 4464 /* Overwrite the escape char, |
| 4465 * use STRLEN(r_ptr) to move the trailing '\0'. */ | |
| 1621 | 4466 STRMOVE(r_ptr, r_ptr + 1); |
| 7 | 4467 r_ptr++; |
| 4468 } | |
| 4469 r_ptr++; | |
| 4470 } | |
| 4471 if (*r_ptr == ';') | |
| 4472 { | |
| 4473 *r_ptr = 0; | |
| 4474 r_ptr++; | |
| 4475 } | |
| 4476 else if (*r_ptr == NUL) | |
| 4477 r_ptr = NULL; | |
| 4478 return r_ptr; | |
| 4479 } | |
| 4480 #endif | |
| 4481 | |
| 1541 | 4482 /* |
| 4483 * Clean up the given search context. Can handle a NULL pointer. | |
| 4484 */ | |
| 7 | 4485 void |
| 4486 vim_findfile_cleanup(ctx) | |
| 4487 void *ctx; | |
| 4488 { | |
| 359 | 4489 if (ctx == NULL) |
| 7 | 4490 return; |
| 4491 | |
| 4492 vim_findfile_free_visited(ctx); | |
| 1541 | 4493 ff_clear(ctx); |
| 7 | 4494 vim_free(ctx); |
| 4495 } | |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 /* | |
| 4498 * Find a file in a search context. | |
| 4499 * The search context was created with vim_findfile_init() above. | |
| 4500 * Return a pointer to an allocated file name or NULL if nothing found. | |
| 4501 * To get all matching files call this function until you get NULL. | |
| 4502 * | |
| 20 | 4503 * If the passed search_context is NULL, NULL is returned. |
| 7 | 4504 * |
| 4505 * The search algorithm is depth first. To change this replace the | |
| 4506 * stack with a list (don't forget to leave partly searched directories on the | |
| 4507 * top of the list). | |
| 4508 */ | |
| 4509 char_u * | |
| 1541 | 4510 vim_findfile(search_ctx_arg) |
| 4511 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 4512 { |
| 4513 char_u *file_path; | |
| 4514 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4515 char_u *rest_of_wildcards; | |
| 4516 char_u *path_end = NULL; | |
| 4517 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4518 ff_stack_T *stackp; |
| 7 | 4519 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) |
| 4520 int len; | |
| 4521 #endif | |
| 4522 int i; | |
| 4523 char_u *p; | |
| 4524 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 4525 char_u *suf; | |
| 4526 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4527 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 if (search_ctx_arg == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4530 return NULL; |
| 4531 | |
| 1541 | 4532 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx_arg; |
| 7 | 4533 |
| 4534 /* | |
| 4535 * filepath is used as buffer for various actions and as the storage to | |
| 4536 * return a found filename. | |
| 4537 */ | |
| 4538 if ((file_path = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) | |
| 4539 return NULL; | |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4542 /* store the end of the start dir -- needed for upward search */ | |
| 1541 | 4543 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir != NULL) |
| 4544 path_end = &search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[ | |
| 4545 STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)]; | |
| 7 | 4546 #endif |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4549 /* upward search loop */ | |
| 4550 for (;;) | |
| 4551 { | |
| 4552 #endif | |
| 4553 /* downward search loop */ | |
| 4554 for (;;) | |
| 4555 { | |
| 4556 /* check if user user wants to stop the search*/ | |
| 4557 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 4558 if (got_int) | |
| 4559 break; | |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 /* get directory to work on from stack */ | |
| 1541 | 4562 stackp = ff_pop(search_ctx); |
| 4563 if (stackp == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4564 break; |
| 4565 | |
| 4566 /* | |
| 4567 * TODO: decide if we leave this test in | |
| 4568 * | |
| 4569 * GOOD: don't search a directory(-tree) twice. | |
| 4570 * BAD: - check linked list for every new directory entered. | |
| 4571 * - check for double files also done below | |
| 4572 * | |
| 4573 * Here we check if we already searched this directory. | |
| 4574 * We already searched a directory if: | |
| 4575 * 1) The directory is the same. | |
| 4576 * 2) We would use the same wildcard string. | |
| 4577 * | |
| 4578 * Good if you have links on same directory via several ways | |
| 4579 * or you have selfreferences in directories (e.g. SuSE Linux 6.3: | |
| 4580 * /etc/rc.d/init.d is linked to /etc/rc.d -> endless loop) | |
| 4581 * | |
| 4582 * This check is only needed for directories we work on for the | |
| 1541 | 4583 * first time (hence stackp->ff_filearray == NULL) |
| 7 | 4584 */ |
| 1541 | 4585 if (stackp->ffs_filearray == NULL |
| 4586 && ff_check_visited(&search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list | |
| 7 | 4587 ->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 1541 | 4588 stackp->ffs_fix_path |
| 7 | 4589 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 4590 , stackp->ffs_wc_path |
| 7 | 4591 #endif |
| 4592 ) == FAIL) | |
| 4593 { | |
| 4594 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4595 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4596 { | |
| 293 | 4597 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4598 smsg((char_u *)"Already Searched: %s (%s)", |
| 1541 | 4599 stackp->ffs_fix_path, stackp->ffs_wc_path); |
| 7 | 4600 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 4601 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4602 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4603 } |
| 4604 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4605 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 4606 continue; |
| 4607 } | |
| 4608 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4609 else if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4610 { | |
| 293 | 4611 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 4612 smsg((char_u *)"Searching: %s (%s)", |
| 1541 | 4613 stackp->ffs_fix_path, stackp->ffs_wc_path); |
| 7 | 4614 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 4615 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4616 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4617 } |
| 4618 #endif | |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 /* check depth */ | |
| 1541 | 4621 if (stackp->ffs_level <= 0) |
| 7 | 4622 { |
| 1541 | 4623 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 4624 continue; |
| 4625 } | |
| 4626 | |
| 4627 file_path[0] = NUL; | |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 /* | |
| 4630 * If no filearray till now expand wildcards | |
| 4631 * The function expand_wildcards() can handle an array of paths | |
| 4632 * and all possible expands are returned in one array. We use this | |
| 4633 * to handle the expansion of '**' into an empty string. | |
| 4634 */ | |
| 1541 | 4635 if (stackp->ffs_filearray == NULL) |
| 7 | 4636 { |
| 4637 char_u *dirptrs[2]; | |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 /* we use filepath to build the path expand_wildcards() should | |
| 4640 * expand. | |
| 4641 */ | |
| 4642 dirptrs[0] = file_path; | |
| 4643 dirptrs[1] = NULL; | |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 /* if we have a start dir copy it in */ | |
| 1541 | 4646 if (!vim_isAbsName(stackp->ffs_fix_path) |
| 4647 && search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir) | |
| 7 | 4648 { |
| 1541 | 4649 STRCPY(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 4650 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 4651 } | |
| 4652 | |
| 4653 /* append the fix part of the search path */ | |
| 1541 | 4654 STRCAT(file_path, stackp->ffs_fix_path); |
| 7 | 4655 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4658 rest_of_wildcards = stackp->ffs_wc_path; |
| 7 | 4659 if (*rest_of_wildcards != NUL) |
| 4660 { | |
| 4661 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path); | |
| 4662 if (STRNCMP(rest_of_wildcards, "**", 2) == 0) | |
| 4663 { | |
| 4664 /* pointer to the restrict byte | |
| 4665 * The restrict byte is not a character! | |
| 4666 */ | |
| 4667 p = rest_of_wildcards + 2; | |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 if (*p > 0) | |
| 4670 { | |
| 4671 (*p)--; | |
| 4672 file_path[len++] = '*'; | |
| 4673 } | |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 if (*p == 0) | |
| 4676 { | |
| 4677 /* remove '**<numb> from wildcards */ | |
| 1621 | 4678 STRMOVE(rest_of_wildcards, rest_of_wildcards + 3); |
| 7 | 4679 } |
| 4680 else | |
| 4681 rest_of_wildcards += 3; | |
| 4682 | |
| 1541 | 4683 if (stackp->ffs_star_star_empty == 0) |
| 7 | 4684 { |
| 4685 /* if not done before, expand '**' to empty */ | |
| 1541 | 4686 stackp->ffs_star_star_empty = 1; |
| 4687 dirptrs[1] = stackp->ffs_fix_path; | |
| 7 | 4688 } |
| 4689 } | |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 /* | |
| 4692 * Here we copy until the next path separator or the end of | |
| 4693 * the path. If we stop at a path separator, there is | |
| 1209 | 4694 * still something else left. This is handled below by |
| 7 | 4695 * pushing every directory returned from expand_wildcards() |
| 4696 * on the stack again for further search. | |
| 4697 */ | |
| 4698 while (*rest_of_wildcards | |
| 4699 && !vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards)) | |
| 4700 file_path[len++] = *rest_of_wildcards++; | |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 file_path[len] = NUL; | |
| 4703 if (vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards)) | |
| 4704 rest_of_wildcards++; | |
| 4705 } | |
| 4706 #endif | |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 /* | |
| 4709 * Expand wildcards like "*" and "$VAR". | |
| 4710 * If the path is a URL don't try this. | |
| 4711 */ | |
| 4712 if (path_with_url(dirptrs[0])) | |
| 4713 { | |
| 1541 | 4714 stackp->ffs_filearray = (char_u **) |
| 7 | 4715 alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *)); |
| 1541 | 4716 if (stackp->ffs_filearray != NULL |
| 4717 && (stackp->ffs_filearray[0] | |
| 7 | 4718 = vim_strsave(dirptrs[0])) != NULL) |
| 1541 | 4719 stackp->ffs_filearray_size = 1; |
| 7 | 4720 else |
| 1541 | 4721 stackp->ffs_filearray_size = 0; |
| 7 | 4722 } |
| 4723 else | |
| 2984 | 4724 /* Add EW_NOTWILD because the expanded path may contain |
| 4725 * wildcard characters that are to be taken literally. | |
| 4726 * This is a bit of a hack. */ | |
| 7 | 4727 expand_wildcards((dirptrs[1] == NULL) ? 1 : 2, dirptrs, |
| 1541 | 4728 &stackp->ffs_filearray_size, |
| 4729 &stackp->ffs_filearray, | |
| 2984 | 4730 EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT|EW_NOTWILD); |
| 7 | 4731 |
| 1541 | 4732 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; |
| 4733 stackp->ffs_stage = 0; | |
| 7 | 4734 } |
| 4735 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4736 else | |
| 1541 | 4737 rest_of_wildcards = &stackp->ffs_wc_path[ |
| 4738 STRLEN(stackp->ffs_wc_path)]; | |
| 4739 #endif | |
| 4740 | |
| 4741 if (stackp->ffs_stage == 0) | |
| 7 | 4742 { |
| 4743 /* this is the first time we work on this directory */ | |
| 4744 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4745 if (*rest_of_wildcards == NUL) | |
| 4746 #endif | |
| 4747 { | |
| 4748 /* | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
4749 * We don't have further wildcards to expand, so we have to |
|
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
4750 * check for the final file now. |
| 7 | 4751 */ |
| 1541 | 4752 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 4753 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 4754 { |
| 1541 | 4755 if (!path_with_url(stackp->ffs_filearray[i]) |
| 4756 && !mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) | |
| 7 | 4757 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 4758 | |
| 1993 | 4759 /* prepare the filename to be checked for existence |
| 7 | 4760 * below */ |
| 1541 | 4761 STRCPY(file_path, stackp->ffs_filearray[i]); |
| 7 | 4762 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 1541 | 4763 STRCAT(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search); |
| 7 | 4764 |
| 4765 /* | |
| 4766 * Try without extra suffix and then with suffixes | |
| 4767 * from 'suffixesadd'. | |
| 4768 */ | |
| 4769 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 4770 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path); | |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4771 if (search_ctx->ffsc_tagfile) |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4772 suf = (char_u *)""; |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4773 else |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4774 suf = curbuf->b_p_sua; |
| 7 | 4775 for (;;) |
| 4776 #endif | |
| 4777 { | |
| 4778 /* if file exists and we didn't already find it */ | |
| 4779 if ((path_with_url(file_path) | |
| 1541 | 4780 || (mch_getperm(file_path) >= 0 |
| 4781 && (search_ctx->ffsc_find_what | |
| 4782 == FINDFILE_BOTH | |
| 4783 || ((search_ctx->ffsc_find_what | |
| 4784 == FINDFILE_DIR) | |
| 4785 == mch_isdir(file_path))))) | |
| 7 | 4786 #ifndef FF_VERBOSE |
| 4787 && (ff_check_visited( | |
| 1541 | 4788 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 7 | 4789 file_path |
| 4790 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4791 , (char_u *)"" | |
| 4792 #endif | |
| 4793 ) == OK) | |
| 4794 #endif | |
| 4795 ) | |
| 4796 { | |
| 4797 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4798 if (ff_check_visited( | |
| 1541 | 4799 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 7 | 4800 file_path |
| 4801 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4802 , (char_u *)"" | |
| 4803 #endif | |
| 4804 ) == FAIL) | |
| 4805 { | |
| 4806 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4807 { | |
| 293 | 4808 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 4809 smsg((char_u *)"Already: %s", |
| 7 | 4810 file_path); |
| 4811 /* don't overwrite this either */ | |
| 4812 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4813 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4814 } |
| 4815 continue; | |
| 4816 } | |
| 4817 #endif | |
| 4818 | |
| 4819 /* push dir to examine rest of subdirs later */ | |
| 1541 | 4820 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = i + 1; |
| 4821 ff_push(search_ctx, stackp); | |
| 7 | 4822 |
| 1789 | 4823 if (!path_with_url(file_path)) |
| 4824 simplify_filename(file_path); | |
| 7 | 4825 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) |
| 4826 == OK) | |
| 4827 { | |
| 4828 p = shorten_fname(file_path, | |
| 4829 ff_expand_buffer); | |
| 4830 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1621 | 4831 STRMOVE(file_path, p); |
| 7 | 4832 } |
| 4833 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4834 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4835 { | |
| 293 | 4836 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 4837 smsg((char_u *)"HIT: %s", file_path); |
| 7 | 4838 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 4839 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4840 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4841 } |
| 4842 #endif | |
| 4843 return file_path; | |
| 4844 } | |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 4847 /* Not found or found already, try next suffix. */ | |
| 4848 if (*suf == NUL) | |
| 4849 break; | |
| 4850 copy_option_part(&suf, file_path + len, | |
| 4851 MAXPATHL - len, ","); | |
| 4852 #endif | |
| 4853 } | |
| 4854 } | |
| 4855 } | |
| 4856 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4857 else | |
| 4858 { | |
| 4859 /* | |
| 4860 * still wildcards left, push the directories for further | |
| 4861 * search | |
| 4862 */ | |
| 1541 | 4863 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 4864 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 4865 { |
| 1541 | 4866 if (!mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) |
| 7 | 4867 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 4868 | |
| 1541 | 4869 ff_push(search_ctx, |
| 4870 ff_create_stack_element( | |
| 4871 stackp->ffs_filearray[i], | |
| 4872 rest_of_wildcards, | |
| 4873 stackp->ffs_level - 1, 0)); | |
| 7 | 4874 } |
| 4875 } | |
| 4876 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4877 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; |
| 4878 stackp->ffs_stage = 1; | |
| 7 | 4879 } |
| 4880 | |
| 4881 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4882 /* | |
| 4883 * if wildcards contains '**' we have to descent till we reach the | |
| 4884 * leaves of the directory tree. | |
| 4885 */ | |
| 1541 | 4886 if (STRNCMP(stackp->ffs_wc_path, "**", 2) == 0) |
| 7 | 4887 { |
| 1541 | 4888 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 4889 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 4890 { |
| 1541 | 4891 if (fnamecmp(stackp->ffs_filearray[i], |
| 4892 stackp->ffs_fix_path) == 0) | |
| 7 | 4893 continue; /* don't repush same directory */ |
| 1541 | 4894 if (!mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) |
| 7 | 4895 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 1541 | 4896 ff_push(search_ctx, |
| 4897 ff_create_stack_element(stackp->ffs_filearray[i], | |
| 4898 stackp->ffs_wc_path, stackp->ffs_level - 1, 1)); | |
| 7 | 4899 } |
| 4900 } | |
| 4901 #endif | |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 /* we are done with the current directory */ | |
| 1541 | 4904 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 4905 |
| 4906 } | |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4909 /* If we reached this, we didn't find anything downwards. | |
| 4910 * Let's check if we should do an upward search. | |
| 4911 */ | |
| 1541 | 4912 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 4913 && search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL && !got_int) | |
| 7 | 4914 { |
| 4915 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 4916 | |
| 4917 /* is the last starting directory in the stop list? */ | |
| 1541 | 4918 if (ff_path_in_stoplist(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir, |
| 4919 (int)(path_end - search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir), | |
| 4920 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v) == TRUE) | |
| 7 | 4921 break; |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 /* cut of last dir */ | |
| 1541 | 4924 while (path_end > search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 4925 && vim_ispathsep(*path_end)) | |
| 7 | 4926 path_end--; |
| 1541 | 4927 while (path_end > search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 4928 && !vim_ispathsep(path_end[-1])) | |
| 7 | 4929 path_end--; |
| 4930 *path_end = 0; | |
| 4931 path_end--; | |
| 4932 | |
| 1541 | 4933 if (*search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == 0) |
| 7 | 4934 break; |
| 4935 | |
| 1541 | 4936 STRCPY(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 4937 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 1541 | 4938 STRCAT(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
| 7 | 4939 |
| 4940 /* create a new stack entry */ | |
| 4941 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(file_path, | |
| 1541 | 4942 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, search_ctx->ffsc_level, 0); |
| 7 | 4943 if (sptr == NULL) |
| 4944 break; | |
| 1541 | 4945 ff_push(search_ctx, sptr); |
| 7 | 4946 } |
| 4947 else | |
| 4948 break; | |
| 4949 } | |
| 4950 #endif | |
| 4951 | |
| 4952 vim_free(file_path); | |
| 4953 return NULL; | |
| 4954 } | |
| 4955 | |
| 4956 /* | |
| 4957 * Free the list of lists of visited files and directories | |
| 4958 * Can handle it if the passed search_context is NULL; | |
| 4959 */ | |
| 4960 void | |
| 1541 | 4961 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx_arg) |
| 4962 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 4963 { |
| 1541 | 4964 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; |
| 4965 | |
| 4966 if (search_ctx_arg == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4967 return; |
| 4968 | |
| 1541 | 4969 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx_arg; |
| 4970 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list); | |
| 4971 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list); | |
| 7 | 4972 } |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 static void | |
| 4975 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(list_headp) | |
| 4976 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp; | |
| 4977 { | |
| 4978 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *vp; | |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 while (*list_headp != NULL) | |
| 4981 { | |
| 4982 vp = (*list_headp)->ffvl_next; | |
| 4983 ff_free_visited_list((*list_headp)->ffvl_visited_list); | |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 vim_free((*list_headp)->ffvl_filename); | |
| 4986 vim_free(*list_headp); | |
| 4987 *list_headp = vp; | |
| 4988 } | |
| 4989 *list_headp = NULL; | |
| 4990 } | |
| 4991 | |
| 4992 static void | |
| 4993 ff_free_visited_list(vl) | |
| 4994 ff_visited_T *vl; | |
| 4995 { | |
| 4996 ff_visited_T *vp; | |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 while (vl != NULL) | |
| 4999 { | |
| 5000 vp = vl->ffv_next; | |
| 5001 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5002 vim_free(vl->ffv_wc_path); | |
| 5003 #endif | |
| 5004 vim_free(vl); | |
| 5005 vl = vp; | |
| 5006 } | |
| 5007 vl = NULL; | |
| 5008 } | |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 /* | |
| 5011 * Returns the already visited list for the given filename. If none is found it | |
| 5012 * allocates a new one. | |
| 5013 */ | |
| 5014 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* | |
| 5015 ff_get_visited_list(filename, list_headp) | |
| 5016 char_u *filename; | |
| 5017 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp; | |
| 5018 { | |
| 5019 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *retptr = NULL; | |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 /* check if a visited list for the given filename exists */ | |
| 5022 if (*list_headp != NULL) | |
| 5023 { | |
| 5024 retptr = *list_headp; | |
| 5025 while (retptr != NULL) | |
| 5026 { | |
| 5027 if (fnamecmp(filename, retptr->ffvl_filename) == 0) | |
| 5028 { | |
| 5029 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5030 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5031 { | |
| 293 | 5032 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5033 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: FOUND list for %s", |
| 7 | 5034 filename); |
| 5035 /* don't overwrite this either */ | |
| 5036 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5037 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5038 } |
| 5039 #endif | |
| 5040 return retptr; | |
| 5041 } | |
| 5042 retptr = retptr->ffvl_next; | |
| 5043 } | |
| 5044 } | |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5047 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5048 { | |
| 293 | 5049 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5050 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: new list for %s", filename); |
| 7 | 5051 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 5052 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5053 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5054 } |
| 5055 #endif | |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 /* | |
| 5058 * if we reach this we didn't find a list and we have to allocate new list | |
| 5059 */ | |
| 5060 retptr = (ff_visited_list_hdr_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(*retptr)); | |
| 5061 if (retptr == NULL) | |
| 5062 return NULL; | |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 retptr->ffvl_visited_list = NULL; | |
| 5065 retptr->ffvl_filename = vim_strsave(filename); | |
| 5066 if (retptr->ffvl_filename == NULL) | |
| 5067 { | |
| 5068 vim_free(retptr); | |
| 5069 return NULL; | |
| 5070 } | |
| 5071 retptr->ffvl_next = *list_headp; | |
| 5072 *list_headp = retptr; | |
| 5073 | |
| 5074 return retptr; | |
| 5075 } | |
| 5076 | |
| 5077 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5078 /* | |
| 5079 * check if two wildcard paths are equal. Returns TRUE or FALSE. | |
| 5080 * They are equal if: | |
| 5081 * - both paths are NULL | |
| 5082 * - they have the same length | |
| 5083 * - char by char comparison is OK | |
| 5084 * - the only differences are in the counters behind a '**', so | |
| 5085 * '**\20' is equal to '**\24' | |
| 5086 */ | |
| 5087 static int | |
| 5088 ff_wc_equal(s1, s2) | |
| 5089 char_u *s1; | |
| 5090 char_u *s2; | |
| 5091 { | |
| 5092 int i; | |
| 4246 | 5093 int prev1 = NUL; |
| 5094 int prev2 = NUL; | |
| 7 | 5095 |
| 5096 if (s1 == s2) | |
| 5097 return TRUE; | |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) | |
| 5100 return FALSE; | |
| 5101 | |
| 5102 if (STRLEN(s1) != STRLEN(s2)) | |
| 5103 return FAIL; | |
| 5104 | |
| 4246 | 5105 for (i = 0; s1[i] != NUL && s2[i] != NUL; i += MB_PTR2LEN(s1 + i)) |
| 7 | 5106 { |
| 4246 | 5107 int c1 = PTR2CHAR(s1 + i); |
| 5108 int c2 = PTR2CHAR(s2 + i); | |
| 5109 | |
| 5110 if ((p_fic ? MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2) : c1 != c2) | |
| 5111 && (prev1 != '*' || prev2 != '*')) | |
| 5112 return FAIL; | |
| 5113 prev2 = prev1; | |
| 5114 prev1 = c1; | |
| 7 | 5115 } |
| 5116 return TRUE; | |
| 5117 } | |
| 5118 #endif | |
| 5119 | |
| 5120 /* | |
| 5121 * maintains the list of already visited files and dirs | |
| 5122 * returns FAIL if the given file/dir is already in the list | |
| 5123 * returns OK if it is newly added | |
| 5124 * | |
| 5125 * TODO: What to do on memory allocation problems? | |
| 5126 * -> return TRUE - Better the file is found several times instead of | |
| 5127 * never. | |
| 5128 */ | |
| 5129 static int | |
| 5130 ff_check_visited(visited_list, fname | |
| 5131 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5132 , wc_path | |
| 5133 #endif | |
| 5134 ) | |
| 5135 ff_visited_T **visited_list; | |
| 5136 char_u *fname; | |
| 5137 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5138 char_u *wc_path; | |
| 5139 #endif | |
| 5140 { | |
| 5141 ff_visited_T *vp; | |
| 5142 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5143 struct stat st; | |
| 5144 int url = FALSE; | |
| 5145 #endif | |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 /* For an URL we only compare the name, otherwise we compare the | |
| 5148 * device/inode (unix) or the full path name (not Unix). */ | |
| 5149 if (path_with_url(fname)) | |
| 5150 { | |
| 418 | 5151 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, fname, MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 7 | 5152 #ifdef UNIX |
| 5153 url = TRUE; | |
| 5154 #endif | |
| 5155 } | |
| 5156 else | |
| 5157 { | |
| 5158 ff_expand_buffer[0] = NUL; | |
| 5159 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5160 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st) < 0) | |
| 5161 #else | |
| 5162 if (vim_FullName(fname, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
| 5163 #endif | |
| 5164 return FAIL; | |
| 5165 } | |
| 5166 | |
| 5167 /* check against list of already visited files */ | |
| 5168 for (vp = *visited_list; vp != NULL; vp = vp->ffv_next) | |
| 5169 { | |
| 5170 if ( | |
| 5171 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1881 | 5172 !url ? (vp->ffv_dev_valid && vp->ffv_dev == st.st_dev |
| 5173 && vp->ffv_ino == st.st_ino) | |
| 5174 : | |
| 7 | 5175 #endif |
| 5176 fnamecmp(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer) == 0 | |
| 5177 ) | |
| 5178 { | |
| 5179 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5180 /* are the wildcard parts equal */ | |
| 5181 if (ff_wc_equal(vp->ffv_wc_path, wc_path) == TRUE) | |
| 5182 #endif | |
| 5183 /* already visited */ | |
| 5184 return FAIL; | |
| 5185 } | |
| 5186 } | |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 /* | |
| 5189 * New file/dir. Add it to the list of visited files/dirs. | |
| 5190 */ | |
| 5191 vp = (ff_visited_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(ff_visited_T) | |
| 5192 + STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer))); | |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 if (vp != NULL) | |
| 5195 { | |
| 5196 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5197 if (!url) | |
| 5198 { | |
| 1881 | 5199 vp->ffv_dev_valid = TRUE; |
| 7 | 5200 vp->ffv_ino = st.st_ino; |
| 5201 vp->ffv_dev = st.st_dev; | |
| 5202 vp->ffv_fname[0] = NUL; | |
| 5203 } | |
| 5204 else | |
| 5205 { | |
| 1881 | 5206 vp->ffv_dev_valid = FALSE; |
| 7 | 5207 #endif |
| 5208 STRCPY(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer); | |
| 5209 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5210 } | |
| 5211 #endif | |
| 5212 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5213 if (wc_path != NULL) | |
| 5214 vp->ffv_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_path); | |
| 5215 else | |
| 5216 vp->ffv_wc_path = NULL; | |
| 5217 #endif | |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 vp->ffv_next = *visited_list; | |
| 5220 *visited_list = vp; | |
| 5221 } | |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 return OK; | |
| 5224 } | |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 /* | |
| 5227 * create stack element from given path pieces | |
| 5228 */ | |
| 5229 static ff_stack_T * | |
| 5230 ff_create_stack_element(fix_part, | |
| 5231 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5232 wc_part, | |
| 5233 #endif | |
| 5234 level, star_star_empty) | |
| 5235 char_u *fix_part; | |
| 5236 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5237 char_u *wc_part; | |
| 5238 #endif | |
| 5239 int level; | |
| 5240 int star_star_empty; | |
| 5241 { | |
| 5242 ff_stack_T *new; | |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 new = (ff_stack_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_stack_T)); | |
| 5245 if (new == NULL) | |
| 5246 return NULL; | |
| 5247 | |
| 5248 new->ffs_prev = NULL; | |
| 5249 new->ffs_filearray = NULL; | |
| 5250 new->ffs_filearray_size = 0; | |
| 5251 new->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; | |
| 5252 new->ffs_stage = 0; | |
| 5253 new->ffs_level = level; | |
| 5254 new->ffs_star_star_empty = star_star_empty;; | |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 /* the following saves NULL pointer checks in vim_findfile */ | |
| 5257 if (fix_part == NULL) | |
| 5258 fix_part = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5259 new->ffs_fix_path = vim_strsave(fix_part); | |
| 5260 | |
| 5261 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5262 if (wc_part == NULL) | |
| 5263 wc_part = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5264 new->ffs_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_part); | |
| 5265 #endif | |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 if (new->ffs_fix_path == NULL | |
| 5268 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5269 || new->ffs_wc_path == NULL | |
| 5270 #endif | |
| 5271 ) | |
| 5272 { | |
| 5273 ff_free_stack_element(new); | |
| 5274 new = NULL; | |
| 5275 } | |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 return new; | |
| 5278 } | |
| 5279 | |
| 5280 /* | |
| 1541 | 5281 * Push a dir on the directory stack. |
| 7 | 5282 */ |
| 5283 static void | |
| 1541 | 5284 ff_push(search_ctx, stack_ptr) |
| 5285 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 5286 ff_stack_T *stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5287 { |
| 5288 /* check for NULL pointer, not to return an error to the user, but | |
| 359 | 5289 * to prevent a crash */ |
| 1541 | 5290 if (stack_ptr != NULL) |
| 7 | 5291 { |
| 1541 | 5292 stack_ptr->ffs_prev = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr; |
| 5293 search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5294 } |
| 5295 } | |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 /* | |
| 1541 | 5298 * Pop a dir from the directory stack. |
| 5299 * Returns NULL if stack is empty. | |
| 7 | 5300 */ |
| 5301 static ff_stack_T * | |
| 1541 | 5302 ff_pop(search_ctx) |
| 5303 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 5304 { |
| 5305 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 5306 | |
| 1541 | 5307 sptr = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr; |
| 5308 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr != NULL) | |
| 5309 search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr->ffs_prev; | |
| 7 | 5310 |
| 5311 return sptr; | |
| 5312 } | |
| 5313 | |
| 5314 /* | |
| 5315 * free the given stack element | |
| 5316 */ | |
| 5317 static void | |
| 1541 | 5318 ff_free_stack_element(stack_ptr) |
| 5319 ff_stack_T *stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5320 { |
| 5321 /* vim_free handles possible NULL pointers */ | |
| 1541 | 5322 vim_free(stack_ptr->ffs_fix_path); |
| 7 | 5323 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5324 vim_free(stack_ptr->ffs_wc_path); |
| 5325 #endif | |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 if (stack_ptr->ffs_filearray != NULL) | |
| 5328 FreeWild(stack_ptr->ffs_filearray_size, stack_ptr->ffs_filearray); | |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 vim_free(stack_ptr); | |
| 7 | 5331 } |
| 5332 | |
| 5333 /* | |
| 1541 | 5334 * Clear the search context, but NOT the visited list. |
| 7 | 5335 */ |
| 5336 static void | |
| 1541 | 5337 ff_clear(search_ctx) |
| 5338 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 5339 { |
| 5340 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 /* clear up stack */ | |
| 1541 | 5343 while ((sptr = ff_pop(search_ctx)) != NULL) |
| 7 | 5344 ff_free_stack_element(sptr); |
| 5345 | |
| 1541 | 5346 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search); |
| 5347 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); | |
| 5348 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); | |
| 7 | 5349 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5350 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
| 7 | 5351 #endif |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 5354 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL) |
| 7 | 5355 { |
| 5356 int i = 0; | |
| 5357 | |
| 1541 | 5358 while (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i] != NULL) |
| 7 | 5359 { |
| 1541 | 5360 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i]); |
| 7 | 5361 i++; |
| 5362 } | |
| 1541 | 5363 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v); |
| 7 | 5364 } |
| 1541 | 5365 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = NULL; |
| 7 | 5366 #endif |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 /* reset everything */ | |
| 1541 | 5369 search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = NULL; |
| 5370 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = NULL; | |
| 5371 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5372 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5373 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = NULL; |
| 5374 search_ctx->ffsc_level = 0; | |
| 7 | 5375 #endif |
| 5376 } | |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5379 /* | |
| 5380 * check if the given path is in the stopdirs | |
| 5381 * returns TRUE if yes else FALSE | |
| 5382 */ | |
| 5383 static int | |
| 5384 ff_path_in_stoplist(path, path_len, stopdirs_v) | |
| 5385 char_u *path; | |
| 5386 int path_len; | |
| 5387 char_u **stopdirs_v; | |
| 5388 { | |
| 5389 int i = 0; | |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 /* eat up trailing path separators, except the first */ | |
| 461 | 5392 while (path_len > 1 && vim_ispathsep(path[path_len - 1])) |
| 7 | 5393 path_len--; |
| 5394 | |
| 5395 /* if no path consider it as match */ | |
| 5396 if (path_len == 0) | |
| 5397 return TRUE; | |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 for (i = 0; stopdirs_v[i] != NULL; i++) | |
| 5400 { | |
| 5401 if ((int)STRLEN(stopdirs_v[i]) > path_len) | |
| 5402 { | |
| 5403 /* match for parent directory. So '/home' also matches | |
| 5404 * '/home/rks'. Check for PATHSEP in stopdirs_v[i], else | |
| 5405 * '/home/r' would also match '/home/rks' | |
| 5406 */ | |
| 5407 if (fnamencmp(stopdirs_v[i], path, path_len) == 0 | |
| 461 | 5408 && vim_ispathsep(stopdirs_v[i][path_len])) |
| 7 | 5409 return TRUE; |
| 5410 } | |
| 5411 else | |
| 5412 { | |
| 5413 if (fnamecmp(stopdirs_v[i], path) == 0) | |
| 5414 return TRUE; | |
| 5415 } | |
| 5416 } | |
| 5417 return FALSE; | |
| 5418 } | |
| 5419 #endif | |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5422 /* | |
| 1541 | 5423 * Find the file name "ptr[len]" in the path. Also finds directory names. |
| 7 | 5424 * |
| 5425 * On the first call set the parameter 'first' to TRUE to initialize | |
| 5426 * the search. For repeating calls to FALSE. | |
| 5427 * | |
| 5428 * Repeating calls will return other files called 'ptr[len]' from the path. | |
| 5429 * | |
| 5430 * Only on the first call 'ptr' and 'len' are used. For repeating calls they | |
| 5431 * don't need valid values. | |
| 5432 * | |
| 5433 * If nothing found on the first call the option FNAME_MESS will issue the | |
| 5434 * message: | |
| 5435 * 'Can't find file "<file>" in path' | |
| 5436 * On repeating calls: | |
| 5437 * 'No more file "<file>" found in path' | |
| 5438 * | |
| 5439 * options: | |
| 5440 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found | |
| 5441 * | |
| 5442 * Uses NameBuff[]! | |
| 5443 * | |
| 5444 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error. | |
| 5445 * | |
| 5446 */ | |
| 5447 char_u * | |
| 5448 find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options, first, rel_fname) | |
| 5449 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ | |
| 5450 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5451 int options; | |
| 5452 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */ | |
| 5453 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */ | |
| 5454 { | |
| 5455 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, | |
| 5456 *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path, | |
| 1541 | 5457 FINDFILE_BOTH, rel_fname, curbuf->b_p_sua); |
| 7 | 5458 } |
| 5459 | |
| 359 | 5460 static char_u *ff_file_to_find = NULL; |
| 5461 static void *fdip_search_ctx = NULL; | |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 #if defined(EXITFREE) | |
| 5464 static void | |
| 5465 free_findfile() | |
| 5466 { | |
| 5467 vim_free(ff_file_to_find); | |
| 5468 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx); | |
| 5469 } | |
| 5470 #endif | |
| 5471 | |
| 7 | 5472 /* |
| 5473 * Find the directory name "ptr[len]" in the path. | |
| 5474 * | |
| 5475 * options: | |
| 5476 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found | |
| 6633 | 5477 * FNAME_UNESC unescape backslashes. |
| 7 | 5478 * |
| 5479 * Uses NameBuff[]! | |
| 5480 * | |
| 5481 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error. | |
| 5482 */ | |
| 5483 char_u * | |
| 5484 find_directory_in_path(ptr, len, options, rel_fname) | |
| 5485 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ | |
| 5486 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5487 int options; | |
| 5488 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */ | |
| 5489 { | |
| 5490 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, TRUE, p_cdpath, | |
| 1541 | 5491 FINDFILE_DIR, rel_fname, (char_u *)""); |
| 7 | 5492 } |
| 5493 | |
| 19 | 5494 char_u * |
| 6633 | 5495 find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, path_option, |
| 5496 find_what, rel_fname, suffixes) | |
| 7 | 5497 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ |
| 5498 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5499 int options; | |
| 5500 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */ | |
| 5501 char_u *path_option; /* p_path or p_cdpath */ | |
| 1541 | 5502 int find_what; /* FINDFILE_FILE, _DIR or _BOTH */ |
| 7 | 5503 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name we are looking relative to. */ |
| 794 | 5504 char_u *suffixes; /* list of suffixes, 'suffixesadd' option */ |
| 7 | 5505 { |
| 5506 static char_u *dir; | |
| 5507 static int did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5508 char_u save_char; | |
| 5509 char_u *file_name = NULL; | |
| 5510 char_u *buf = NULL; | |
| 5511 int rel_to_curdir; | |
| 5512 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5513 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L); | |
| 5514 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr; | |
| 5515 | |
| 5516 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */ | |
| 5517 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L; | |
| 5518 #endif | |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5521 { | |
| 5522 /* copy file name into NameBuff, expanding environment variables */ | |
| 5523 save_char = ptr[len]; | |
| 5524 ptr[len] = NUL; | |
| 5525 expand_env(ptr, NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
| 5526 ptr[len] = save_char; | |
| 5527 | |
| 359 | 5528 vim_free(ff_file_to_find); |
| 5529 ff_file_to_find = vim_strsave(NameBuff); | |
| 5530 if (ff_file_to_find == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7 | 5531 { |
| 5532 file_name = NULL; | |
| 5533 goto theend; | |
| 5534 } | |
| 6633 | 5535 if (options & FNAME_UNESC) |
| 5536 { | |
| 5537 /* Change all "\ " to " ". */ | |
| 5538 for (ptr = ff_file_to_find; *ptr != NUL; ++ptr) | |
| 5539 if (ptr[0] == '\\' && ptr[1] == ' ') | |
| 5540 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + 1, STRLEN(ptr)); | |
| 5541 } | |
| 7 | 5542 } |
| 5543 | |
| 359 | 5544 rel_to_curdir = (ff_file_to_find[0] == '.' |
| 5545 && (ff_file_to_find[1] == NUL | |
| 5546 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[1]) | |
| 5547 || (ff_file_to_find[1] == '.' | |
| 5548 && (ff_file_to_find[2] == NUL | |
| 5549 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[2]))))); | |
| 5550 if (vim_isAbsName(ff_file_to_find) | |
| 7 | 5551 /* "..", "../path", "." and "./path": don't use the path_option */ |
| 5552 || rel_to_curdir | |
| 5553 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2) | |
| 5554 /* handle "\tmp" as absolute path */ | |
| 359 | 5555 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[0]) |
| 1993 | 5556 /* handle "c:name" as absolute path */ |
| 359 | 5557 || (ff_file_to_find[0] != NUL && ff_file_to_find[1] == ':') |
| 7 | 5558 #endif |
| 5559 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5560 /* handle ":tmp" as absolute path */ | |
| 359 | 5561 || ff_file_to_find[0] == ':' |
| 7 | 5562 #endif |
| 5563 ) | |
| 5564 { | |
| 5565 /* | |
| 5566 * Absolute path, no need to use "path_option". | |
| 5567 * If this is not a first call, return NULL. We already returned a | |
| 5568 * filename on the first call. | |
| 5569 */ | |
| 5570 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5571 { | |
| 5572 int l; | |
| 5573 int run; | |
| 5574 | |
| 359 | 5575 if (path_with_url(ff_file_to_find)) |
| 7 | 5576 { |
| 359 | 5577 file_name = vim_strsave(ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5578 goto theend; |
| 5579 } | |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 /* When FNAME_REL flag given first use the directory of the file. | |
| 5582 * Otherwise or when this fails use the current directory. */ | |
| 5583 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run) | |
| 5584 { | |
| 359 | 5585 l = (int)STRLEN(ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5586 if (run == 1 |
| 5587 && rel_to_curdir | |
| 5588 && (options & FNAME_REL) | |
| 5589 && rel_fname != NULL | |
| 5590 && STRLEN(rel_fname) + l < MAXPATHL) | |
| 5591 { | |
| 5592 STRCPY(NameBuff, rel_fname); | |
| 359 | 5593 STRCPY(gettail(NameBuff), ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5594 l = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 5595 } | |
| 5596 else | |
| 5597 { | |
| 359 | 5598 STRCPY(NameBuff, ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5599 run = 2; |
| 5600 } | |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 /* When the file doesn't exist, try adding parts of | |
| 5603 * 'suffixesadd'. */ | |
| 794 | 5604 buf = suffixes; |
| 7 | 5605 for (;;) |
| 5606 { | |
| 5607 if ( | |
| 5608 #ifdef DJGPP | |
| 5609 /* "C:" by itself will fail for mch_getperm(), | |
| 5610 * assume it's always valid. */ | |
| 1541 | 5611 (find_what != FINDFILE_FILE && NameBuff[0] != NUL |
| 7 | 5612 && NameBuff[1] == ':' |
| 5613 && NameBuff[2] == NUL) || | |
| 5614 #endif | |
| 5615 (mch_getperm(NameBuff) >= 0 | |
| 1541 | 5616 && (find_what == FINDFILE_BOTH |
| 5617 || ((find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) | |
| 5618 == mch_isdir(NameBuff))))) | |
| 7 | 5619 { |
| 5620 file_name = vim_strsave(NameBuff); | |
| 5621 goto theend; | |
| 5622 } | |
| 5623 if (*buf == NUL) | |
| 5624 break; | |
| 5625 copy_option_part(&buf, NameBuff + l, MAXPATHL - l, ","); | |
| 5626 } | |
| 5627 } | |
| 5628 } | |
| 5629 } | |
| 5630 else | |
| 5631 { | |
| 5632 /* | |
| 5633 * Loop over all paths in the 'path' or 'cdpath' option. | |
| 5634 * When "first" is set, first setup to the start of the option. | |
| 5635 * Otherwise continue to find the next match. | |
| 5636 */ | |
| 5637 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5638 { | |
| 5639 /* vim_findfile_free_visited can handle a possible NULL pointer */ | |
| 359 | 5640 vim_findfile_free_visited(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 7 | 5641 dir = path_option; |
| 5642 did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5643 } | |
| 5644 | |
| 5645 for (;;) | |
| 5646 { | |
| 5647 if (did_findfile_init) | |
| 5648 { | |
| 359 | 5649 file_name = vim_findfile(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 7 | 5650 if (file_name != NULL) |
| 5651 break; | |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5654 } | |
| 5655 else | |
| 5656 { | |
| 5657 char_u *r_ptr; | |
| 5658 | |
| 5659 if (dir == NULL || *dir == NUL) | |
| 5660 { | |
| 5661 /* We searched all paths of the option, now we can | |
| 5662 * free the search context. */ | |
| 359 | 5663 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 5664 fdip_search_ctx = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5665 break; |
| 5666 } | |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 if ((buf = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) | |
| 5669 break; | |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 /* copy next path */ | |
| 5672 buf[0] = 0; | |
| 5673 copy_option_part(&dir, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); | |
| 5674 | |
| 5675 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5676 /* get the stopdir string */ | |
| 5677 r_ptr = vim_findfile_stopdir(buf); | |
| 5678 #else | |
| 5679 r_ptr = NULL; | |
| 5680 #endif | |
| 359 | 5681 fdip_search_ctx = vim_findfile_init(buf, ff_file_to_find, |
| 1541 | 5682 r_ptr, 100, FALSE, find_what, |
| 359 | 5683 fdip_search_ctx, FALSE, rel_fname); |
| 5684 if (fdip_search_ctx != NULL) | |
| 7 | 5685 did_findfile_init = TRUE; |
| 5686 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5687 } | |
| 5688 } | |
| 5689 } | |
| 5690 if (file_name == NULL && (options & FNAME_MESS)) | |
| 5691 { | |
| 5692 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5693 { | |
| 1541 | 5694 if (find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) |
| 7 | 5695 EMSG2(_("E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath"), |
| 359 | 5696 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5697 else |
| 5698 EMSG2(_("E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path"), | |
| 359 | 5699 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5700 } |
| 5701 else | |
| 5702 { | |
| 1541 | 5703 if (find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) |
| 7 | 5704 EMSG2(_("E346: No more directory \"%s\" found in cdpath"), |
| 359 | 5705 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5706 else |
| 5707 EMSG2(_("E347: No more file \"%s\" found in path"), | |
| 359 | 5708 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5709 } |
| 5710 } | |
| 5711 | |
| 5712 theend: | |
| 5713 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5714 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr; | |
| 5715 #endif | |
| 5716 return file_name; | |
| 5717 } | |
| 5718 | |
| 5719 #endif /* FEAT_SEARCHPATH */ | |
| 5720 | |
| 5721 /* | |
| 5722 * Change directory to "new_dir". If FEAT_SEARCHPATH is defined, search | |
| 5723 * 'cdpath' for relative directory names, otherwise just mch_chdir(). | |
| 5724 */ | |
| 5725 int | |
| 5726 vim_chdir(new_dir) | |
| 5727 char_u *new_dir; | |
| 5728 { | |
| 5729 #ifndef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 5730 return mch_chdir((char *)new_dir); | |
| 5731 #else | |
| 5732 char_u *dir_name; | |
| 5733 int r; | |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 dir_name = find_directory_in_path(new_dir, (int)STRLEN(new_dir), | |
| 5736 FNAME_MESS, curbuf->b_ffname); | |
| 5737 if (dir_name == NULL) | |
| 5738 return -1; | |
| 5739 r = mch_chdir((char *)dir_name); | |
| 5740 vim_free(dir_name); | |
| 5741 return r; | |
| 5742 #endif | |
| 5743 } | |
| 5744 | |
| 5745 /* | |
| 418 | 5746 * Get user name from machine-specific function. |
| 7 | 5747 * Returns the user name in "buf[len]". |
| 418 | 5748 * Some systems are quite slow in obtaining the user name (Windows NT), thus |
| 5749 * cache the result. | |
| 7 | 5750 * Returns OK or FAIL. |
| 5751 */ | |
| 5752 int | |
| 5753 get_user_name(buf, len) | |
| 5754 char_u *buf; | |
| 5755 int len; | |
| 5756 { | |
| 359 | 5757 if (username == NULL) |
| 7 | 5758 { |
| 5759 if (mch_get_user_name(buf, len) == FAIL) | |
| 5760 return FAIL; | |
| 359 | 5761 username = vim_strsave(buf); |
| 7 | 5762 } |
| 5763 else | |
| 418 | 5764 vim_strncpy(buf, username, len - 1); |
| 7 | 5765 return OK; |
| 5766 } | |
| 5767 | |
| 5768 #ifndef HAVE_QSORT | |
| 5769 /* | |
| 5770 * Our own qsort(), for systems that don't have it. | |
| 5771 * It's simple and slow. From the K&R C book. | |
| 5772 */ | |
| 5773 void | |
| 5774 qsort(base, elm_count, elm_size, cmp) | |
| 5775 void *base; | |
| 5776 size_t elm_count; | |
| 5777 size_t elm_size; | |
| 5778 int (*cmp) __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 5779 { | |
| 5780 char_u *buf; | |
| 5781 char_u *p1; | |
| 5782 char_u *p2; | |
| 5783 int i, j; | |
| 5784 int gap; | |
| 5785 | |
| 5786 buf = alloc((unsigned)elm_size); | |
| 5787 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 5788 return; | |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 for (gap = elm_count / 2; gap > 0; gap /= 2) | |
| 5791 for (i = gap; i < elm_count; ++i) | |
| 5792 for (j = i - gap; j >= 0; j -= gap) | |
| 5793 { | |
| 5794 /* Compare the elements. */ | |
| 5795 p1 = (char_u *)base + j * elm_size; | |
| 5796 p2 = (char_u *)base + (j + gap) * elm_size; | |
| 5797 if ((*cmp)((void *)p1, (void *)p2) <= 0) | |
| 5798 break; | |
| 1993 | 5799 /* Exchange the elements. */ |
| 7 | 5800 mch_memmove(buf, p1, elm_size); |
| 5801 mch_memmove(p1, p2, elm_size); | |
| 5802 mch_memmove(p2, buf, elm_size); | |
| 5803 } | |
| 5804 | |
| 5805 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5806 } | |
| 5807 #endif | |
| 5808 | |
| 5809 /* | |
| 5810 * Sort an array of strings. | |
| 5811 */ | |
| 5812 static int | |
| 5813 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 5814 _RTLENTRYF | |
| 5815 #endif | |
| 5816 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2)); | |
| 5817 | |
| 5818 static int | |
| 5819 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 5820 _RTLENTRYF | |
| 5821 #endif | |
| 5822 sort_compare(s1, s2) | |
| 5823 const void *s1; | |
| 5824 const void *s2; | |
| 5825 { | |
| 5826 return STRCMP(*(char **)s1, *(char **)s2); | |
| 5827 } | |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 void | |
| 5830 sort_strings(files, count) | |
| 5831 char_u **files; | |
| 5832 int count; | |
| 5833 { | |
| 5834 qsort((void *)files, (size_t)count, sizeof(char_u *), sort_compare); | |
| 5835 } | |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5838 /* | |
| 5839 * Compare path "p[]" to "q[]". | |
| 39 | 5840 * If "maxlen" >= 0 compare "p[maxlen]" to "q[maxlen]" |
| 7 | 5841 * Return value like strcmp(p, q), but consider path separators. |
| 5842 */ | |
| 5843 int | |
| 39 | 5844 pathcmp(p, q, maxlen) |
| 7 | 5845 const char *p, *q; |
| 39 | 5846 int maxlen; |
| 7 | 5847 { |
| 5848 int i; | |
| 4276 | 5849 int c1, c2; |
| 41 | 5850 const char *s = NULL; |
| 7 | 5851 |
| 4276 | 5852 for (i = 0; maxlen < 0 || i < maxlen; i += MB_PTR2LEN((char_u *)p + i)) |
| 7 | 5853 { |
| 4276 | 5854 c1 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)p + i); |
| 5855 c2 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)q + i); | |
| 5856 | |
| 7 | 5857 /* End of "p": check if "q" also ends or just has a slash. */ |
| 4276 | 5858 if (c1 == NUL) |
| 7 | 5859 { |
| 4276 | 5860 if (c2 == NUL) /* full match */ |
| 7 | 5861 return 0; |
| 5862 s = q; | |
| 5863 break; | |
| 5864 } | |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 /* End of "q": check if "p" just has a slash. */ | |
| 4276 | 5867 if (c2 == NUL) |
| 7 | 5868 { |
| 5869 s = p; | |
| 5870 break; | |
| 5871 } | |
| 5872 | |
| 4276 | 5873 if ((p_fic ? MB_TOUPPER(c1) != MB_TOUPPER(c2) : c1 != c2) |
| 7 | 5874 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 5875 /* consider '/' and '\\' to be equal */ | |
| 4276 | 5876 && !((c1 == '/' && c2 == '\\') |
| 5877 || (c1 == '\\' && c2 == '/')) | |
| 7 | 5878 #endif |
| 5879 ) | |
| 5880 { | |
| 4276 | 5881 if (vim_ispathsep(c1)) |
| 7 | 5882 return -1; |
| 4276 | 5883 if (vim_ispathsep(c2)) |
| 7 | 5884 return 1; |
| 4276 | 5885 return p_fic ? MB_TOUPPER(c1) - MB_TOUPPER(c2) |
| 5886 : c1 - c2; /* no match */ | |
| 7 | 5887 } |
| 5888 } | |
| 41 | 5889 if (s == NULL) /* "i" ran into "maxlen" */ |
| 5890 return 0; | |
| 7 | 5891 |
| 4276 | 5892 c1 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)s + i); |
| 5893 c2 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)s + i + MB_PTR2LEN((char_u *)s + i)); | |
| 7 | 5894 /* ignore a trailing slash, but not "//" or ":/" */ |
| 4276 | 5895 if (c2 == NUL |
| 41 | 5896 && i > 0 |
| 5897 && !after_pathsep((char_u *)s, (char_u *)s + i) | |
| 7 | 5898 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 4276 | 5899 && (c1 == '/' || c1 == '\\') |
| 7 | 5900 #else |
| 4276 | 5901 && c1 == '/' |
| 7 | 5902 #endif |
| 41 | 5903 ) |
| 7 | 5904 return 0; /* match with trailing slash */ |
| 5905 if (s == q) | |
| 5906 return -1; /* no match */ | |
| 5907 return 1; | |
| 5908 } | |
| 5909 #endif | |
| 5910 | |
| 5911 /* | |
| 5912 * The putenv() implementation below comes from the "screen" program. | |
| 5913 * Included with permission from Juergen Weigert. | |
| 5914 * See pty.c for the copyright notice. | |
| 5915 */ | |
| 5916 | |
| 5917 /* | |
| 5918 * putenv -- put value into environment | |
| 5919 * | |
| 5920 * Usage: i = putenv (string) | |
| 5921 * int i; | |
| 5922 * char *string; | |
| 5923 * | |
| 5924 * where string is of the form <name>=<value>. | |
| 5925 * Putenv returns 0 normally, -1 on error (not enough core for malloc). | |
| 5926 * | |
| 5927 * Putenv may need to add a new name into the environment, or to | |
| 5928 * associate a value longer than the current value with a particular | |
| 5929 * name. So, to make life simpler, putenv() copies your entire | |
| 5930 * environment into the heap (i.e. malloc()) from the stack | |
| 5931 * (i.e. where it resides when your process is initiated) the first | |
| 5932 * time you call it. | |
| 5933 * | |
| 5934 * (history removed, not very interesting. See the "screen" sources.) | |
| 5935 */ | |
| 5936 | |
| 5937 #if !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) | |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 #define EXTRASIZE 5 /* increment to add to env. size */ | |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 static int envsize = -1; /* current size of environment */ | |
| 5942 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 5943 extern | |
| 5944 #endif | |
| 5945 char **environ; /* the global which is your env. */ | |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 static int findenv __ARGS((char *name)); /* look for a name in the env. */ | |
| 5948 static int newenv __ARGS((void)); /* copy env. from stack to heap */ | |
| 5949 static int moreenv __ARGS((void)); /* incr. size of env. */ | |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 int | |
| 5952 putenv(string) | |
| 5953 const char *string; | |
| 5954 { | |
| 5955 int i; | |
| 5956 char *p; | |
| 5957 | |
| 5958 if (envsize < 0) | |
| 5959 { /* first time putenv called */ | |
| 5960 if (newenv() < 0) /* copy env. to heap */ | |
| 5961 return -1; | |
| 5962 } | |
| 5963 | |
| 5964 i = findenv((char *)string); /* look for name in environment */ | |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 if (i < 0) | |
| 5967 { /* name must be added */ | |
| 5968 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++); | |
| 5969 if (i >= (envsize - 1)) | |
| 5970 { /* need new slot */ | |
| 5971 if (moreenv() < 0) | |
| 5972 return -1; | |
| 5973 } | |
| 5974 p = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(string) + 1)); | |
| 5975 if (p == NULL) /* not enough core */ | |
| 5976 return -1; | |
| 5977 environ[i + 1] = 0; /* new end of env. */ | |
| 5978 } | |
| 5979 else | |
| 5980 { /* name already in env. */ | |
| 5981 p = vim_realloc(environ[i], strlen(string) + 1); | |
| 5982 if (p == NULL) | |
| 5983 return -1; | |
| 5984 } | |
| 5985 sprintf(p, "%s", string); /* copy into env. */ | |
| 5986 environ[i] = p; | |
| 5987 | |
| 5988 return 0; | |
| 5989 } | |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 static int | |
| 5992 findenv(name) | |
| 5993 char *name; | |
| 5994 { | |
| 5995 char *namechar, *envchar; | |
| 5996 int i, found; | |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 found = 0; | |
| 5999 for (i = 0; environ[i] && !found; i++) | |
| 6000 { | |
| 6001 envchar = environ[i]; | |
| 6002 namechar = name; | |
| 6003 while (*namechar && *namechar != '=' && (*namechar == *envchar)) | |
| 6004 { | |
| 6005 namechar++; | |
| 6006 envchar++; | |
| 6007 } | |
| 6008 found = ((*namechar == '\0' || *namechar == '=') && *envchar == '='); | |
| 6009 } | |
| 6010 return found ? i - 1 : -1; | |
| 6011 } | |
| 6012 | |
| 6013 static int | |
| 6014 newenv() | |
| 6015 { | |
| 6016 char **env, *elem; | |
| 6017 int i, esize; | |
| 6018 | |
| 6019 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 6020 /* for Mac a new, empty environment is created */ | |
| 6021 i = 0; | |
| 6022 #else | |
| 6023 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) | |
| 6024 ; | |
| 6025 #endif | |
| 6026 esize = i + EXTRASIZE + 1; | |
| 6027 env = (char **)alloc((unsigned)(esize * sizeof (elem))); | |
| 6028 if (env == NULL) | |
| 6029 return -1; | |
| 6030 | |
| 6031 #ifndef MACOS | |
| 6032 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) | |
| 6033 { | |
| 6034 elem = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(environ[i]) + 1)); | |
| 6035 if (elem == NULL) | |
| 6036 return -1; | |
| 6037 env[i] = elem; | |
| 6038 strcpy(elem, environ[i]); | |
| 6039 } | |
| 6040 #endif | |
| 6041 | |
| 6042 env[i] = 0; | |
| 6043 environ = env; | |
| 6044 envsize = esize; | |
| 6045 return 0; | |
| 6046 } | |
| 6047 | |
| 6048 static int | |
| 6049 moreenv() | |
| 6050 { | |
| 6051 int esize; | |
| 6052 char **env; | |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 esize = envsize + EXTRASIZE; | |
| 6055 env = (char **)vim_realloc((char *)environ, esize * sizeof (*env)); | |
| 6056 if (env == 0) | |
| 6057 return -1; | |
| 6058 environ = env; | |
| 6059 envsize = esize; | |
| 6060 return 0; | |
| 6061 } | |
| 6062 | |
| 6063 # ifdef USE_VIMPTY_GETENV | |
| 6064 char_u * | |
| 6065 vimpty_getenv(string) | |
| 6066 const char_u *string; | |
| 6067 { | |
| 6068 int i; | |
| 6069 char_u *p; | |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 if (envsize < 0) | |
| 6072 return NULL; | |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 i = findenv((char *)string); | |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 if (i < 0) | |
| 6077 return NULL; | |
| 6078 | |
| 6079 p = vim_strchr((char_u *)environ[i], '='); | |
| 6080 return (p + 1); | |
| 6081 } | |
| 6082 # endif | |
| 6083 | |
| 6084 #endif /* !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) */ | |
| 313 | 6085 |
| 741 | 6086 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 313 | 6087 /* |
| 6088 * Return 0 for not writable, 1 for writable file, 2 for a dir which we have | |
| 6089 * rights to write into. | |
| 6090 */ | |
| 6091 int | |
| 6092 filewritable(fname) | |
| 6093 char_u *fname; | |
| 6094 { | |
| 6095 int retval = 0; | |
| 6096 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6097 int perm = 0; | |
| 6098 #endif | |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6101 perm = mch_getperm(fname); | |
| 6102 #endif | |
| 6103 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC /* TODO: get either mch_writable or mch_access */ | |
| 6104 if ( | |
| 6105 # ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 6106 mch_writable(fname) && | |
| 6107 # else | |
| 6108 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6109 (perm & 0222) && | |
| 6110 # endif | |
| 6111 # endif | |
| 6112 mch_access((char *)fname, W_OK) == 0 | |
| 6113 ) | |
| 6114 #endif | |
| 6115 { | |
| 6116 ++retval; | |
| 6117 if (mch_isdir(fname)) | |
| 6118 ++retval; | |
| 6119 } | |
| 6120 return retval; | |
| 6121 } | |
| 6122 #endif | |
| 332 | 6123 |
| 6124 /* | |
| 6125 * Print an error message with one or two "%s" and one or two string arguments. | |
| 6126 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes. | |
| 6127 */ | |
| 6128 int | |
| 6129 emsg3(s, a1, a2) | |
| 6130 char_u *s, *a1, *a2; | |
| 6131 { | |
| 840 | 6132 if (emsg_not_now()) |
| 332 | 6133 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */ |
| 1438 | 6134 #ifdef HAVE_STDARG_H |
| 6135 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, a1, a2); | |
| 6136 #else | |
| 840 | 6137 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, (long_u)a1, (long_u)a2); |
| 1438 | 6138 #endif |
| 332 | 6139 return emsg(IObuff); |
| 6140 } | |
| 6141 | |
| 6142 /* | |
| 6143 * Print an error message with one "%ld" and one long int argument. | |
| 6144 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes. | |
| 6145 */ | |
| 6146 int | |
| 6147 emsgn(s, n) | |
| 6148 char_u *s; | |
| 6149 long n; | |
| 6150 { | |
| 840 | 6151 if (emsg_not_now()) |
| 332 | 6152 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */ |
| 6153 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, n); | |
| 6154 return emsg(IObuff); | |
| 6155 } | |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6156 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6157 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(FEAT_PERSISTENT_UNDO) || defined(PROTO) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6158 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6159 * Read 2 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6160 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6161 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6162 get2c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6163 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6164 { |
|
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6165 int n; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6166 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6167 n = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6168 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6169 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6170 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6171 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6172 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6173 * Read 3 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6174 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6175 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6176 get3c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6177 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6178 { |
|
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6179 int n; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6180 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6181 n = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6182 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6183 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6184 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6185 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6186 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6187 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6188 * Read 4 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6189 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6190 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6191 get4c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6192 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6193 { |
| 5347 | 6194 /* Use unsigned rather than int otherwise result is undefined |
| 6195 * when left-shift sets the MSB. */ | |
| 6196 unsigned n; | |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 n = (unsigned)getc(fd); | |
| 6199 n = (n << 8) + (unsigned)getc(fd); | |
| 6200 n = (n << 8) + (unsigned)getc(fd); | |
| 6201 n = (n << 8) + (unsigned)getc(fd); | |
| 6202 return (int)n; | |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6203 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6204 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6205 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6206 * Read 8 bytes from "fd" and turn them into a time_t, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6207 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6208 time_t |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6209 get8ctime(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6210 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6211 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6212 time_t n = 0; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6213 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6214 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6215 for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6216 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6217 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6218 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6219 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6220 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6221 * Read a string of length "cnt" from "fd" into allocated memory. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6222 * Returns NULL when out of memory or unable to read that many bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6223 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6224 char_u * |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6225 read_string(fd, cnt) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6226 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6227 int cnt; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6228 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6229 char_u *str; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6230 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6231 int c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6232 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6233 /* allocate memory */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6234 str = alloc((unsigned)cnt + 1); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6235 if (str != NULL) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6236 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6237 /* Read the string. Quit when running into the EOF. */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6238 for (i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6239 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6240 c = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6241 if (c == EOF) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6242 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6243 vim_free(str); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6244 return NULL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6245 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6246 str[i] = c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6247 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6248 str[i] = NUL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6249 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6250 return str; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6251 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6252 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6253 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6254 * Write a number to file "fd", MSB first, in "len" bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6255 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6256 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6257 put_bytes(fd, nr, len) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6258 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6259 long_u nr; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6260 int len; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6261 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6262 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6263 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6264 for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; --i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6265 if (putc((int)(nr >> (i * 8)), fd) == EOF) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6266 return FAIL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6267 return OK; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6268 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6269 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6270 #ifdef _MSC_VER |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6271 # if (_MSC_VER <= 1200) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6272 /* This line is required for VC6 without the service pack. Also see the |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6273 * matching #pragma below. */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6274 # pragma optimize("", off) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6275 # endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6276 #endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6277 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6278 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6279 * Write time_t to file "fd" in 8 bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6280 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6281 void |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6282 put_time(fd, the_time) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6283 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6284 time_t the_time; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6285 { |
| 6122 | 6286 char_u buf[8]; |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 time_to_bytes(the_time, buf); | |
| 6289 fwrite(buf, (size_t)8, (size_t)1, fd); | |
| 6290 } | |
| 6291 | |
| 6292 /* | |
| 6293 * Write time_t to "buf[8]". | |
| 6294 */ | |
| 6295 void | |
| 6296 time_to_bytes(the_time, buf) | |
| 6297 time_t the_time; | |
| 6298 char_u *buf; | |
| 6299 { | |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6300 int c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6301 int i; |
| 6122 | 6302 int bi = 0; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6303 time_t wtime = the_time; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6304 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6305 /* time_t can be up to 8 bytes in size, more than long_u, thus we |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6306 * can't use put_bytes() here. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6307 * Another problem is that ">>" may do an arithmetic shift that keeps the |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6308 * sign. This happens for large values of wtime. A cast to long_u may |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6309 * truncate if time_t is 8 bytes. So only use a cast when it is 4 bytes, |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6310 * it's safe to assume that long_u is 4 bytes or more and when using 8 |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6311 * bytes the top bit won't be set. */ |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6312 for (i = 7; i >= 0; --i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6313 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6314 if (i + 1 > (int)sizeof(time_t)) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6315 /* ">>" doesn't work well when shifting more bits than avail */ |
| 6122 | 6316 buf[bi++] = 0; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6317 else |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6318 { |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6319 #if defined(SIZEOF_TIME_T) && SIZEOF_TIME_T > 4 |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
6320 c = (int)(wtime >> (i * 8)); |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6321 #else |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
6322 c = (int)((long_u)wtime >> (i * 8)); |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6323 #endif |
| 6122 | 6324 buf[bi++] = c; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6325 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6326 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6327 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6328 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6329 #ifdef _MSC_VER |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6330 # if (_MSC_VER <= 1200) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6331 # pragma optimize("", on) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6332 # endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6333 #endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6334 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6335 #endif |
| 3257 | 6336 |
| 6337 #if (defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)) \ | |
| 6338 || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6339 /* | |
| 6340 * Return TRUE if string "s" contains a non-ASCII character (128 or higher). | |
| 6341 * When "s" is NULL FALSE is returned. | |
| 6342 */ | |
| 6343 int | |
| 6344 has_non_ascii(s) | |
| 6345 char_u *s; | |
| 6346 { | |
| 6347 char_u *p; | |
| 6348 | |
| 6349 if (s != NULL) | |
| 6350 for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p) | |
| 6351 if (*p >= 128) | |
| 6352 return TRUE; | |
| 6353 return FALSE; | |
| 6354 } | |
| 6355 #endif |